# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Dragos Vasile, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin , 2023 # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Foldi Robert , 2023 # Vacaru Adrian , 2024 # Dorin Hongu , 2024 # Cozmin Candea , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-21 15:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: ro\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "Stoc și Producție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "Cod de bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" "**Odoo Barcode** permite utilizatorilor să atribuie coduri de bare " "produselor individuale și categoriilor de produse și să urmărească mișcările" " de stoc folosind acele coduri de bare. Prin conectarea unui scaner de " "coduri de bare, anumite procese de inventar pot fi declanșate prin scanarea " "codurilor de bare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" "`Tutoriale Odoo: Noțiuni de bază despre coduri de bare " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "Operațiuni zilnice" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "Aplicați ajustări de inventar cu coduri de bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" "Într-un depozit, cantitatea scriptică din baza de date a inventarului s-ar " "putea să nu se potrivească întotdeauna cu numărul real al inventarului. În " "astfel de cazuri, ajustările de inventar pot fi făcute pentru a reconcilia " "diferențele și pentru a asigura că numărul scriptic din baza de date se " "potrivește cu numărul real din depozit. În Odoo, aplicația *Barcode* poate " "fi folosită pentru a face aceste ajustări." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" "Aceste ajustări pot fi făcute în timp real folosind un scaner de coduri de " "bare compatibil cu Odoo sau aplicația mobilă Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" "Pentru o listă de scanere de coduri de bare mobile compatibile cu Odoo și " "alte echipamente pentru aplicațiile *Inventory* și *Barcode*, consultați " "pagina `Odoo Inventory • Hardware `_." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "Activați aplicația Barcode" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" "Pentru a folosi aplicația *Barcode* pentru a crea și aplica ajustări de " "inventar, aceasta **trebuie** să fie instalată prin activarea funcției din " "setările aplicației *Inventar*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" "Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Aplicația Inventar -->" " Configurare --> Setări`. Apoi, derulați în jos la secțiunea :guilabel:`Cod " "de bare` și faceți clic pe caseta de bifare de lângă opțiunea " ":guilabel:`Scaner de coduri de bare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "" "Odată ce caseta este bifată, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvare` în partea de" " sus a paginii pentru a salva modificările." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" "După salvare, apare un nou meniu derulant sub opțiunea :guilabel:`Scaner de " "coduri de bare`, etichetat :guilabel:`Nomenclator de coduri de bare`, unde " "poate fi selectat fie :guilabel:`Nomenclator implicit`, fie " ":guilabel:`Nomenclator implicit GS1`. Fiecare opțiune de nomenclatură " "determină modul în care scanerele interpretează codurile de bare în Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" "Există, de asemenea, o săgeată de legătură internă :guilabel:`Configurați " "Codurile de Bare ale Produselor`, împreună cu un set de butoane " ":guilabel:`Imprimare` pentru imprimarea comenzilor de coduri de bare și a " "unei foi demo de coduri de bare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "Activarea funcției de cod de bare în setările aplicației Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" "Pentru mai multe informații despre configurarea și configurarea aplicației " ":guilabel:`Cod de bare`, consultați documentele :doc:`Configurați scanerul " "dvs. de coduri de bare <../setup/hardware>` și :doc:`Activați codurile de " "bare în Odoo <../setup/software>`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "Perfomați o ajustare de inventar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "Începeți navigând la :menuselection:`Aplicația Barcode --> Scanarea " "codurilor de bare`, unde vor fi afișate diferite opțiuni, inclusiv " ":guilabel:`Operațiuni`, :guilabel:`Ajustări de inventar` și " ":guilabel:`Transferuri în lot`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea și aplica ajustări de inventar, faceți clic pe butonul " ":guilabel:`Ajustări de inventar` din partea de jos a ecranului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" "În acest fel, navigați la pagina *Acțiunea clientului de inventar cu coduri " "de bare*, etichetată ca :guilabel:`Ajustare de inventar` în secțiunea " "antetului de sus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "Ecranul de pornire al aplicației Barcode cu scaner." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" "Pentru a începe ajustarea, scanați mai întâi *locația sursă*, care este " "locația curentă din depozit a produsului al cărui număr ar trebui ajustat. " "Apoi, scanați codul de bare al produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "" "Codul de bare al unui produs specific poate fi scanat de mai multe ori " "pentru a crește cantitatea acelui produs în ajustare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "Dacă funcția *multi-locatie* a depozitului **nu** este activată în baza de " "date, o locație sursă nu trebuie scanată. În schimb, scanați pur și simplu " "codul de bare al produsului pentru a începe ajustarea de inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" "În mod alternativ, cantitatea poate fi schimbată făcând clic pe pictograma " ":guilabel:`✏️ (creion)` din partea dreaptă a liniei produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" "În acest fel se deschide o fereastră separată cu o tastatură. Editați " "numărul din linia :guilabel:`Cantitate` pentru a schimba cantitatea. În " "plus, butoanele :guilabel:`+1` și :guilabel:`-1` pot fi apăsate pentru a " "adăuga sau scădea cantitatea produsului, iar tastele numerice pot fi " "folosite pentru a adăuga cantitate, de asemenea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" "În ajustarea de inventar de mai jos, locația sursă `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` a fost" " scanată, atribuind locația. Apoi, codul de bare pentru produsul " "`[FURN_7888] Stand de birou cu ecran` a fost scanat de 3 ori, crescând " "unitățile în ajustare. Produse suplimentare pot fi adăugate la această " "ajustare prin scanarea codurilor de bare pentru acele produse specifice." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "Pagina Acțiunea clientului de inventar cu coduri de bare cu ajustare de " "inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "Pentru a finaliza ajustarea de inventar, faceți clic pe butonul verde " ":guilabel:`✅ Aplicare` cu marca de verificare din partea de jos a paginii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" "Odată aplicată, Odoo navighează înapoi la ecranul :guilabel:`Scanarea " "codurilor de bare`. Un banner verde mic apare în colțul din dreapta sus, " "confirmând validarea ajustării." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "Știați că?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" "Aplicația *Barcode* a Odoo oferă date demo cu coduri de bare pentru a " "explora caracteristicile aplicației. Acestea pot fi folosite în scopuri de " "testare și pot fi imprimate de pe ecranul de pornire al aplicației." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" "Pentru a accesa aceste date demo, navigați la :menuselection:`Aplicația " "Barcode` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`foaia cu coduri de bare de stoc` și " ":guilabel:`comenzi pentru Inventar` (îngroșate și evidențiate în albastru) " "în fereastra pop-up de informații de mai sus scanerului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" "Fereastra pop-up a datelor demo pe ecranul principal al aplicației Barcode." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "Adăugați manual produse la ajustarea de inventar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "" "Când codurile de bare pentru locație sau produs nu sunt disponibile, Odoo " "*Barcode* poate fi folosit în continuare pentru a efectua ajustări de " "inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" "Pentru a face acest lucru, navigați la :menuselection:`Aplicația Barcode -->" " Scanarea codurilor de bare --> Ajustări de inventar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" "Pentru a adăuga manual produse la această ajustare, faceți clic pe butonul " "alb :guilabel:`➕ Adăugați produs` din partea de jos a ecranului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "" "Acest lucru navighează la o pagină nouă, goală, unde trebuie să fie alese " "produsul, cantitatea și locația sursă dorite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" "Tastatură pentru a adăuga produse pe pagina Acțiunea clientului de inventar " "cu coduri de bare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" "Mai întâi, faceți clic pe linia :guilabel:`Produs` și alegeți produsul al " "cărui număr de stoc ar trebui ajustat. Apoi, introduceți manual cantitatea " "acelui produs, fie schimbând `1` în linia :guilabel:`Cantitate`, fie făcând " "clic pe butoanele :guilabel:`+1` și :guilabel:`-1` pentru a adăuga sau " "scădea cantitatea produsului. Tastatura numerică poate fi folosită pentru a " "adăuga cantitate, de asemenea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" "Sub tastatura numerică este linia :guilabel:`locatie`, care ar trebui să " "citească `WH/Stock` în mod implicit. Faceți clic pe această linie pentru a " "dezvălui un meniu derulant de locații din care să alegeți și alegeți " ":guilabel:`locația sursă` pentru această ajustare de inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" "Odată pregătit, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Confirmare` pentru a confirma " "modificările." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" "Pentru a aplica ajustarea de inventar, faceți clic pe butonul verde " ":guilabel:`✅ Aplicare` cu marca de verificare, în partea de jos a paginii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prezentare generală" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" " bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" "Există diferite situații în care nomenclaturile de coduri de bare pot fi " "utile. Un caz de utilizare cunoscut este cel al unui punct de vânzare care " "vinde produse în cantități mari, în care clienții vor scala produsele înșiși" " și vor obține codul de bare imprimat pentru a-l lipi pe produs. Acest cod " "de bare va conține greutatea produsului și va ajuta la calcularea prețului " "conform." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Creați un nomenclator de coduri de bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "Odoo acceptă nomenclaturi de coduri de bare, care determină maparea și " "interpretarea informațiilor codificate. Puteți configura nomenclatura de " "coduri de bare în :ref:`developer mode `. Pentru a face " "acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> " "Nomenclator de coduri de bare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" "Puteți crea un nomenclator de coduri de bare de acolo și apoi adăugați o " "linie pentru a crea prima regulă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" "Prima etapă este să specificați **numele regulii**, de exemplu Cod de bare " "cu greutate de 3 zecimale. Apoi trebuie să specificați tipul pentru " "nomenclatura de coduri de bare, în cazul nostru va fi Produs cu greutate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " "be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." " The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" "Modelul de cod de bare este o expresie regulată care definește structura " "codului de bare. În acest exemplu 21 definește produsele pentru care se va " "aplica regulă, acestea sunt numerele după care ar trebui să înceapă codul de" " bare al produsului. Cele 5 „puncte” sunt următoarele numere ale codului de " "bare al produsului și sunt acolo doar pentru a identifica produsul în cauză." " „N” definește un număr și „D” definește zecimalele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" "Încodarea permite să specificați codarea codului de bare pe care se va " "aplica regulă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" "Puteți defini diferite reguli și ordona prioritatea lor prin intermediul " "secvenței. Prima regulă care se potrivește cu codul de bare scanat va fi " "aplicată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Configurați produsul" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "Codul de bare al produsului ar trebui să înceapă cu “21”;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" "5 “puncte” sunt celelalte numere ale codului de bare ale produsului, care " "permit identificarea produsului;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" "Codul de bare ar trebui să conțină 0 unde ați definit D sau N. În cazul " "nostru trebuie să setați 5 zerouri deoarece am configurat “21…..{NNDDD}”;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" "În EAN-13, ultimul număr este un număr de verificare, utilizați un generator" " EAN13 pentru a afla care ar trebui să fie cifra în cazul dvs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " "receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" "În cazul în care vă greutate 1,5 Kg de paste, balanța vă va imprima " "următorul cod de bare 2112345015002. Dacă scanați acest cod de bare în POS-" "ul dvs. sau când primiți produse în aplicația dvs. de coduri de bare, Odoo " "va crea automat o nouă linie pentru produsul Pasta pentru o cantitate de 1,5" " Kg. Pentru punctul de vânzare, un preț în funcție de cantitate va fi " "calculat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Tipuri de reguli" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" "**Produs cu preț**: permite să identificați produsul și să specificați " "prețul său, utilizat în POS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "" "**Produs cu reducere**: permite să creați un cod de bare pentru fiecare " "reducere aplicată. Puteți scana apoi produsul în POS și apoi scanați codul " "de bare al reducerii, reducerea va fi aplicată pe prețul normal al " "produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" "**Produs cu greutate**: permite să identificați produsul și să specificați " "greutatea sa, utilizat în ambele POS (în care prețul este calculat pe baza " "greutății) și în inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" "**Client**: permite să identificați clientul, de exemplu utilizat cu " "programul de loialitate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**Casier**: permite să identificați casierul la intrarea în POS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" "**Locație**: permite să identificați locația pe o transferare atunci când " "multi-locatia este activată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" "**Pachet**: permite să identificați pachetele pe o transferare atunci când " "pachetele sunt activate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" "**Card de credit**: nu necesită modificare manuală, există pentru datele " "modulelor Mercury." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" "**Produs unitar**: permite să identificați un produs atât pentru POS cât și " "transferuri." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" "Când modelul de cod de bare conține .*, înseamnă că poate conține orice " "număr de caractere, aceste caractere fiind orice număr." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "Nomenclatura codurilor de bare GS1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" "`Nomenclatura GS1 `_ consolidează diverse date " "despre produse și lanțul de aprovizionare într-un singur cod de bare. Odoo " "preia `numere unice de articole comerciale globale " "`_ (GTIN), achiziționate de " "afaceri, pentru a permite transportul global, vânzările și listarea " "produselor de comerț electronic." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" "Configurați nomenclatura GS1 pentru a scana coduri de bare ale cutiilor " "sigilate și pentru a identifica informații esențiale despre produs, cum ar " "fi |GTIN|, numărul lotului, informații despre cantitate și altele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" "|GTIN-urile| sunt identificări unice ale produselor care **trebuie** să fie " "`achiziționate de la GS1 `_ " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" "`Toate codurile de bare GS1 " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Regulile GS1 implicite ale Odoo `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr ":ref:`De ce nu funcționează codul meu de bare? " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Numele regulii" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Șablon cod bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Tip conținut GS1" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pachet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Unitate produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Ambalare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Locația destinație" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lot" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "Dată" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Consum înainte de" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Data expirării" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Cantitate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Măsurare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Tip pachet" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nume" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:78 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Numărul lotului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 msgid "10" msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" "Vizualizați pagina Coduri de bare pentru produse din setările inventarului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" "În urma activării urmăririi pe loturi și numere de serie din pagina de " "setări,specificați că această caracteristică trebuie aplicată pe fiecare " "produs navigând la fila :guilabel:`Inventar` din formularul produsului. Sub " ":guilabel:`Urmărire`, alegeți butonul radio :guilabel:`Pe loturi`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" "Activați urmărirea produselor pe loturi în fila \"Inventar\" a formularului " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "Scanați codul de bare la primire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" "În vederea asigurării interpretării corecte a loturilor în Odoo pe codurile " "de bare ale produselor scanate în timpul unei operații de primire, navigați " "la aplicația :menuselection:`Cod de bare` pentru a gestiona :ref:`procesul " "de ridicare a primirii `." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" "De pe tabloul de bord :guilabel:`Scanare coduri de bare`, faceți clic pe " "butonul :guilabel:`Operații`, apoi pe butonul :guilabel:`Primiri` pentru a " "vizualiza lista primirilor de la furnizori de procesat. Primirile generate " "din :abbr:`POs (Comenzi de achiziție)` sunt listate, dar noi operații de " "primire pot fi create și direct prin intermediul aplicației " ":menuselection:`Cod de bare` folosind butonul :guilabel:`Creează`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" "În lista de primiri, faceți clic pe operația depozitului (`WH/IN`) și " "scanați codurile de bare ale produselor și numerele loturilor cu un scaner " "de coduri de bare. Produsul scanat apare apoi în listă. Utilizați butonul " ":guilabel:`✏️ (creion)` pentru a deschide o fereastră și a introduce manual " "cantități pentru anumite numere de lot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" "În urma plasării unei :abbr:`PO (Comandă de achiziție)` pentru cincizeci de " "mere, navigați la primirea asociată în aplicația *Cod de bare*. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" "Scanați codul de bare care conține |GTIN|, cantitatea și numărul lotului. " "Pentru testare cu un scaner de coduri de bare, mai jos este un exemplu de " "cod de bare pentru cele cincizeci de mere Fuji din Lot 2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "50 mere fuji în Lot0002" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "2D Matrice" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" "Matrice 2D a codului de bare GS1 al celor 50 de mere fuji cu un număr de lot" " atribuit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "|AI| (produs)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "GS1 Cod de bare (produs)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Creați un transfer intern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurați cititorul de coduri de bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:14 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:19 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which " "scanner type best meets the needs of the business. There are three main " "types, each with their own benefits and use cases:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout in a" " grocery store. Ensure the chosen USB scanner is compatible with the " "keyboard layout of the computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them an " "ideal cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, " "Odoo is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:30 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner. First, ensure the device can run the Odoo mobile app properly. " "Recent models that use Android OS with the Google Chrome browser, or Windows" " OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, testing is crucial due to the" " variety of available models and configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:36 msgid "" "`Compatible hardware with Odoo Inventory " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Configurația tastaturii" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Returnare automată a caruselului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:62 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:67 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:71 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:73 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:75 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the icon for the app is a light blue barcode). On" " the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:79 msgid "" "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output` option, and ensure the " ":guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:86 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options page, and select " ":guilabel:`Key event options`. Here, ensure the :guilabel:`Send Characters " "as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Activați codurile de bare în Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "Funcțiile de scanare a codurilor de bare vă pot salva mult timp obișnuit " "pentru a comuta între tastatură, mouse și scanner. Atribuirea corectă a " "codurilor de bare produselor, locațiilor de ridicare, etc. vă permite să " "lucrați mai eficient prin controlarea software-ului aproape exclusiv cu " "cititorul de coduri de bare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "Pentru a utiliza această funcție, trebuie mai întâi să activați funcția *Cod" " de bare (Barcode)* prin :menuselection:`Inventar --> Setări --> Scanner de " "coduri de bare`. După ce ați bifat funcția, puteți apăsa salvare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "Setați codurile de bare ale produselor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" "Puteți atribui ușor coduri de bare diferitelor produse prin intermediul " "aplicației *Inventar*. Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la " ":menuselection:`Setări --> Configurați codurile de bare ale produselor`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" "Apoi, aveți posibilitatea de a atribui coduri de bare produselor direct la " "crearea formularului produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" "Aveți grijă să adăugați coduri de bare direct pe variantele produsului și nu" " pe produsul șablon. În caz contrar, nu veți putea să le diferențiați." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "Setați codurile de bare ale locațiilor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "Dacă gestionați mai multe locații, veți găsi util să atribuiți un cod de " "bare fiecărei locații și să-l lipiți pe locație. Puteți configura codurile " "de bare ale locațiilor în :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> " "Locații`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" "Puteți imprima ușor codul de bare alocat locațiilor prin intermediul " "meniului *Printare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "Formate de cod de bare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Stoc" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: Stoc `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Product replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:31 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:53 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:65 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:81 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:98 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:102 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:106 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:110 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:120 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:7 msgid "" "Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:11 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " "Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:19 msgid "" "In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " "configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23 msgid "" "First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is " "necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " "and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:31 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:47 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:51 msgid "" "If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," " select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:60 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:62 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" " out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:73 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:81 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then " "select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " "then fill out the new line as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid "" "Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted " "quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a " "replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " "the scheduler runs once each day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select " "the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " "aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " "for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:98 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " "To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:113 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ " "(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " ":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:118 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " "defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " "*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " "remain accurate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " "places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " "location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " "is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "Aflați mai multe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" " Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:35 msgid "" "On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " "location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " "defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " "changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " "menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "A new scrap order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " "inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:49 msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " "delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " "defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " "location to another, or preparing them for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:55 msgid "" "To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " "begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " ":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" " :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " "product is being scrapped from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " ":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" "Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" " viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " "Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " "page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" " page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " "validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " "they have been entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " "from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" " :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" " Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " "different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " "scrap orders created from that operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The Scraps smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " "*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " "strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Terminologie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:56 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "Raport de reînnoire și reguli de reînnoire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" "Raportul de reînnoire este o listă a tuturor produselor care au o cantitate " "previzibilă negativă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " "product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "Fabricați la comandă" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:48 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " "needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:66 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " "or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " "product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " "the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" " tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:98 msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:100 msgid "" "The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " "these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " ":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:131 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:135 msgid "" "To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:138 msgid "" "When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:141 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " ":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:158 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:160 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:169 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" "Faceți clic pe :menuselection:`Filtre --> Arhivate` pentru a afișa rutele " "arhivate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:168 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" "Selectați caseta de lângă :guilabel:`Reînnoiți la comandă (MTO)`, și faceți " "clic pe:menuselection:`Acțiune --> Dezactivați arhivarea`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:172 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:176 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:182 msgid "" "For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" " route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:186 msgid "" "For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " "route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "Unități de măsură" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "Activați Unitățile de măsură în setările Inventarului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "Categorii de unități de măsură" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "Setați categoriile de unități de măsură." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" "Fiecare categorie de unități de măsură are o unitate de referință. Unitatea " "de referință este evidențiată în albastru în coloana :guilabel:`Uom` a " "paginii :guilabel:`Unități de măsură`. Odoo utilizează unitatea de referință" " ca bază pentru orice unități noi." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" "Conversați produse de la o unitate la alta atât timp cât aparțin aceleiași " "categorii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "Specificați unitățile de măsură ale produsului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "Conversie de unități" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Reaprovizionare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "Vindeți într-o UoM diferită" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Urmărire" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" " usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" " batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " "for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " "lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " "back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " "expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " "enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " "this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and choose a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " "form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" " lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 msgid "" "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " "number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" " Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " "separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " "automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " "and changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " "added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" " app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " "product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" " assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 msgid "" "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " "For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " "form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " "order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:102 msgid "Manage lots on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " "purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " "information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " "to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " "(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:116 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " "confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:122 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " "product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" "up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " "number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:131 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " ":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:135 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " "column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:138 msgid "" "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" " location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:149 msgid "" "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " "the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:153 msgid "" "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " "all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " "assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" " lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " ":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " "entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:163 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:166 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" " assigned, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:172 msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:179 msgid "" "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" " :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " ":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:196 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" " there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:200 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:205 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:211 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" " the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:221 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:226 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " "the same lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:230 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 msgid "" "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " "products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " "be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:235 msgid "" "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" " the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:238 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:242 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " "page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " "enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" " the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" " to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:247 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " "the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " "Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:256 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:260 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Urmărire loturi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " "stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:265 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:269 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:272 msgid "" "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " "search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:276 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pachete" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, based " "on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the " "package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " "cost calculations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product. Each specific packaging **must** be " "defined on the individual product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, need to be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific — **not** generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:15 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:24 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:26 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:30 msgid "From product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:32 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:35 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:46 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column " "titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired " "options from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:69 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:71 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:77 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:86 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:88 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:93 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:100 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " "appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "Advanced operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "Cum să anulați o solicitare de livrare către un expeditor?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" "Odoo poate gestiona diferite metode de livrare, inclusiv expeditori de terțe" " părți. Odoo va fi conectat cu sistemul de urmărire al companiei de " "transport." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" "Vă va permite să gestionați compania de transport, prețurile reale și " "destinația." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "Puteți anula ușor solicitarea făcută sistemului de transport." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "Cum să anulați o solicitare de livrare?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" "Dacă comanda de livrare nu este **Validată**, atunci solicitarea nu a fost " "făcută. Puteți alege să anulați livrarea sau să schimbați expeditorul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "Dacă ați făcut clic pe **Validare**, solicitarea a fost făcută și ar trebui " "să fi primit numărul de urmărire și eticheta. Încă puteți anula solicitarea." " Faceți clic pe butonul **Anulare** lângă **Referință de urmărire a " "expeditorului**:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "Acum veți vedea că expedierea a fost anulată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "Acum puteți schimba expeditorul dacă doriți." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "Cum să trimiteți o solicitare de livrare după ce ați anulat una?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" "După ce anulați solicitarea de livrare, puteți schimba expeditorul pe care " "doriți să-l utilizați. Confirmați-l făcând clic pe butonul **Trimiteți la " "expeditor**. Veți primi un nou număr de urmărire și o nouă etichetă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`facturare`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipachet`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " "sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " "quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " "orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " "section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " "Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "Cum să facturați costul de livrare către client?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "Există două modalități de facturare a costurilor de transport:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "Agreați un cost cu clientul și adaugați-l în comanda de vânzare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:15 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "Facturați costul real al transportului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "Pentru a configura prețul metodelor de livrare, accesați aplicația " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:23 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" "Puteți seta manual un preț pentru transport: poate fi fix sau bazat pe " "reguli." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:26 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system by " ":doc:`integrating a third-party shipper " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "Cum să facturați costurile de transport către client?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:33 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "Facturați prețul stabilit în comanda de vânzare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" "În comanda de vânzare, alegeți expeditorul care va fi utilizat. Faceți clic " "pe **Metoda de livrare** pentru a alege cea potrivită." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:41 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" "Prețul este calculat atunci când salvați comanda de vânzare sau atunci când " "faceți clic pe **Setați prețul**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:44 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" "Pentru a factura prețul taxei de livrare din comanda de vânzare, faceți clic" " pe **Setați prețul**, va adăuga o linie cu numele metodei de livrare ca un " "produs. Poate varia de la prețul real." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "Când creați factura, va lua prețul stabilit în comanda de vânzare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "Facturați costurile reale de transport" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:63 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" "Prețul este calculat atunci când salvați comanda de vânzare. Confirmați " "comanda de vânzare și continuați să livrați produsul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:66 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" "Costul real de transport este calculat atunci când comanda de livrare este " "validată, puteți vedea costul real în conversația comenzii de livrare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:72 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" "Reveniți la comanda de vânzare, costul real este acum adăugat la comanda de " "vânzare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:78 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "Când creați factura, va lua prețul calculat de transportator." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:85 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" "Dacă împărțiți livrarea și faceți mai multe, fiecare comandă de livrare va " "adauga o linie la comanda de vânzare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "Creare comandă de vânzări" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "Cum să imprimați etichetele de transport?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo poate gestiona diferite metode de livrare, inclusiv expeditorii de " "terțe persoane conectați cu sistemul de urmărire al companiei de transport. " "Acesta vă permite să gestionați curierul, prețurile reale și destinația. Și " "în cele din urmă, veți putea să imprimați AWB direct din Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "Instalați modulul de conectare a curierului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "În modulul **Inventar**, faceți clic pe :menuselection:`Configurare --> " "Setări`. Sub **Conectori de transport**, marcați companiile de transport pe " "care doriți să le integrați:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:28 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "Apoi faceți clic pe **Aplică**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "Configurați metoda de livrare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" "Pentru a configura metodele de livrare, accesați modulul **Inventar**, " "faceți click pe :menuselection:`Configurare --> Metode de livrare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "" "Metodele de livrare pentru expeditorii alegați au fost create automat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" "În fila **Prețuri**, numele furnizorului înseamnă că livrarea va fi " "gestionată și calculată de sistemul expeditorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "Configurarea expeditorului este împărțită în două coloane:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" "Prima este legată de **contul dvs.** (cheie de dezvoltare, parolă, ...). " "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați site-ul furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" "A doua coloană variază în funcție de **furnizor**. Puteți alege tipul " "ambalajului, tipul serviciului, unitatea de greutate ..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "Debifați **Modul de testare** atunci când ați terminat testele." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "Configurarea companiei" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" "Pentru a calcula prețul corect, furnizorul are nevoie de informațiile " "companiei dvs. Asigurați-vă că adresa și numărul de telefon sunt corecte." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" "Pentru a verifica informațiile dvs., accesați aplicația **Setări** și faceți" " click pe **Setări generale**. Faceți clic pe primul link **Configurați " "datele companiei dvs.**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "Configurarea produsului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:94 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" "Furnizorii de expeditori au nevoie de greutatea produsului dvs., altfel " "calculul prețului nu poate fi efectuat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" "Accesați modulul **Vânzări**, faceți clic pe :menuselection:`Vânzări --> " "Produse`. Deschideți produsele pe care doriți să le trimiteți și setați o " "greutate pe acestea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" "Greutatea din formularul produsului este exprimată în kilograme. Nu uitați " "să faceți conversia dacă sunteți obișnuit cu sistemul de măsură imperială." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" "Comanda de livrare creată din comanda de vânzare va lua informațiile de " "expediere din ea, dar puteți schimba transportatorul dacă doriți." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:137 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" "Dacă creați o transferare de livrare din modulul de inventar, puteți adăuga " "expeditorul de treță parte în fila informații suplimentare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" "Faceți clic pe **Validare** pentru a primi numărul de urmărire și **eticheta" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:153 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "Eticheta de lipit pe pachet este disponibilă în istoricul de mai jos:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "Faceți clic pe el pentru a deschide documentul și pentru a-l imprima:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" "Dacă trimiteți pachete multiple, în majoritatea cazurilor, va fi o etichetă " "pe pachet. Fiecare etichetă va apărea în istoricul de livrare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " "time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " "number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " "the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" " lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " "moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " "This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" " shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " "days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " "specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " "mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" " set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " "earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " "of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " "confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " "and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " "forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " ":ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "Livrați mai multe produse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" " click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 msgid "" "However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " "Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to " "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" " Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " "which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " "delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " "order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," " since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " "Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " "stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " "section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Recepție bunuri direct în stoc (un pas)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "Creați o comandă de achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" " a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:98 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " "here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:88 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Livrare directă bunuri (1 pas)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:101 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:109 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " "before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " "products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" " shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " "*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." " To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " "connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" " confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " "receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" " :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " "until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " "confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " "order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " "cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " "is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " "delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " "on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " "quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " "other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " "status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:13 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:37 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:68 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:70 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:72 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" "For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed" " price `, :ref:`based on rules " "`, or :ref:`pickup in store " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:73 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "Preț fix" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:81 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:101 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:103 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:108 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:110 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:115 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " "the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:130 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:136 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:151 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:157 msgid "Pickup in store" msgstr "Preluare din magazin" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:159 msgid "" "To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" "To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose" " the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the " ":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`Invoice cost of shipping `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "Adăugați transportul" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:176 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:180 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:188 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:205 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Cum obțineți credențialele DHL pentru integrarea cu Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "Pentru a utiliza API-ul DHL Odoo, aveți nevoie de:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "Un DHL.com SiteID" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "O parolă DHL" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "Un număr de cont DHL" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" "Obținerea SiteID și parolei pentru țări diferite de Statele Unite (UK și " "Restul lumii)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" "Trebuie să contactați managerul contului DHL și să solicitați integrarea " "pentru API-ul XML Express. Presales ar trebui să vă furnizeze credențiale " "live." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "Obținerea SiteID și parolei pentru Statele Unite" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "Aveți nevoie să scrieți l" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "Configurarea depozitului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "Setare în Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "Întrebări frecvente" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "Cum să integrați un expeditor de terțe părți?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" "Odoo poate gestiona diferite metode de livrare, inclusiv expeditorii de " "terțe părți. Odoo poate fi conectat cu sistemul de urmărire al companiei de " "transport. Acest lucru vă va permite să gestionați compania de transport, " "prețurile reale și destinația." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "În modulul de inventar, faceți clic pe :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Sub **Conectori de transport**, marcați companiile de transport " "pe care doriți să le integrați:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" "Dacă doriți să integrați metodele de livrare în magazinul dvs. online, " "trebuie să instalați modulul **Livrare magazin online**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" "Metodele de livrare pentru expeditorii alegați au fost create automat. De " "cele mai multe ori, vor exista ** 2 ** metode de livrare pentru aceeași " "furnizor: una pentru transportul ** internațional ** și cealaltă pentru " "transportul ** intern **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" "Puteți crea alte metode cu același furnizor cu alte configurări, de exemplu " "** Tipul de ambalare **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" "Puteți schimba ** Numele ** metodei de livrare. Acesta este numele care va " "apărea pe site-ul dvs. de ecommerce." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "" "Marcați ** Livrarea activată ** atunci când sunteți gata să o utilizați." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" "În fila de prețuri, numele furnizorului ales sub ** Calculul prețului ** " "înseamnă că prețul va fi calculat de sistemul expeditorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "Configurarea expeditorului este împărțită în două coloane:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" "Primul este legat de ** contul dvs. ** (cheie de dezvoltator, parolă, ...). " "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați site-ul furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" "În cele din urmă, puteți limita metoda de livrare la câteva destinații. " "Puteți limita la unele țări, state sau chiar coduri poștale. Această funcție" " limitează lista de țări din site-ul dvs. de e-commerce. Este util pentru " "furnizorii interni. De exemplu, USPS US livrează numai din Statele Unite ale" " Americii în Statele Unite ale Americii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" "Mergi la meniul :menuselection:`Vânzări --> Vânzări --> Produse`. Deschideți" " produsele pe care doriți să le trimiteți și setați un greutate pe ea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" "Greutatea din formularul produsului este exprimată în kilograme. Nu uitați " "să faceți conversia dacă sunteți obișnuit cu sistemul de măsură imperială." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:109 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "Proces de vânzare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "Comanda de vânzare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" "Acum puteți alege expeditorul pe comanda dvs. de vânzări. Faceți clic pe ** " "Metoda de livrare ** pentru a alege cea potrivită." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" "Prețul este calculat atunci când salvați comanda de vânzări sau atunci când " "faceți clic pe ** Setare preț **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:123 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" "Dacă doriți să facturați prețul taxei de livrare pe comanda de vânzări, " "faceți clic pe ** Setare preț **, va adăuga o linie cu numele metodei de " "livrare ca un produs. Poate varia de la prețul real." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Livrare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" "Livrarea creată din comanda de vânzări va lua informațiile de expediere din " "ea. Puteți schimba expeditorul dacă doriți." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" "Greutatea este calculată pe baza greutății produselor. Costul de expediere " "va fi calculat odată ce transferul este validat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:146 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" "Faceți clic pe ** Validare ** pentru a primi numărul de urmărire. Câmpul ** " "Referință de urmărire a expeditorului ** va fi completat automat. Faceți " "clic pe butonul ** Urmărire ** pentru a verifica " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "Cum să obțineți credențiale UPS pentru integrare cu Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "Pentru a utiliza API-ul UPS Odoo, aveți nevoie de:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "Un ID de utilizator și o parolă UPS.com" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "Un număr de cont UPS" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "O cheie de acces" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" "O cheie de acces este un cod alfanumeric de 16 caractere care permite " "accesul la serverele de dezvoltare și producție Kit API Developer UPS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "Creați un cont UPS" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" "Rețineți că numai clienții localizați în SUA pot deschide un cont UPS " "online. Dacă vă aflați în afara SUA, va trebui să contactați Serviciul " "Client UPS pentru a deschide un cont." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" "Puteți citi informații suplimentare despre deschiderea unui cont UPS pe " "site-ul lor, pe pagina, `Cum să deschideți un cont UPS Online " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Dacă nu aveți deja un cont UPS, puteți crea unul împreună cu profilul dvs. " "online urmând acești pași:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" "1. Accesați site-ul UPS.com la `www.ups.com `__, și " "faceți clic pe link-ul ** New User ** din partea de sus a paginii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" "2. Faceți clic pe butonul ** Înregistrați-vă pentru MyUPS ** și urmați " "prompt-urile pentru a finaliza procesul de înregistrare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" "Dacă aveți deja un cont UPS, puteți adăuga-l la profilul dvs. online astfel:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" "Conectați-vă la site-ul `UPS.com `_) utilizând ID-ul " "UPS.com și parola dvs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Faceți clic pe fila ** My UPS **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Faceți clic pe link-ul ** Account Summary **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" "4. Faceți clic pe link-ul ** Adăugați un cont UPS existent ** în secțiunea " "** UPS Account Details ** a paginii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" "5. În ecranul ** Adăugați un cont nou **, introduceți câmpurile ** UPS " "Account Number **, ** Account Name ** și ** Postal Code **. Țara implicită " "este Statele Unite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul ** Next ** pentru a continua." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Obțineți o cheie de acces" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" "După ce ați adăugat numărul contului UPS la profilul dvs. de utilizator, " "puteți solicita o cheie de acces de la UPS utilizând pașii de mai jos:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" "Mergi la pagina web `UPS Developer Kit " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Conectați-vă la UPS.com cu ID-ul dvs. de utilizator și parola" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Faceți clic pe link-ul ** Request an access key **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Verificați informațiile de contact" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul ** Request Access Key **." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" "** Access Key ** va fi furnizat pe pagina web și un e-mail cu cheia de acces" " va fi trimis la adresa de e-mail a contactului principal." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "Creați restanță" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" "In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each " "designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to " "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" "This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order " "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" " in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form `. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:179 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:183 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "Organizați un cross-dock într-un depozit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" "Cross-docking este procesul de a trimite produsele care sunt primite direct " "la clienți, fără a le face să intre în stoc. Camioanele sunt doar descărcate" " într-o zonă *Cross-Dock* pentru a reorganiza produsele și a încărca o altă " "camion." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" "În aplicația *Inventar*, deschideți :menuselection:`Configurare --> Setări` " "și activați *Rute multi-pas*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "Făcând asta, veți activa și funcția *Locații de stocare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "Acum, ambele expedieri *Intrare* și *Ieșire* ar trebui să fie configurate " "pentru a funcționa cu 2 pași. Pentru a adapta configurarea, accesați " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Depozite` și editați depozitul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" "Această modificare va duce la crearea unei rute *Cross-Docking* care poate " "fi găsită în :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Rute`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "Configurați produsele cu ruta Cross-Dock" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "Creați produsul care utilizează ruta *Cross-Dock* și apoi, în fila inventar," " selectați rutele *Cumpărare* și *Cross-Dock*. Acum, în tabul cumpărare, " "specificați furnizorul de la care cumpărați produsul și setați un preț " "pentru acesta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "Odată făcut, creați o comandă de vânzare pentru produs și confirmați-o. Odoo" " va crea automat două transferuri care vor fi legate de comanda de vânzare. " "Primul este transferul de la *Locația Intrare* la *Locația Ieșire*, " "corespondent cu mutarea produsului în zona *Cross-Dock*. A doua este comanda" " de livrare de la *Locația Ieșire* la *Locația Clientului*. Ambele sunt în " "stare *Așteaptă o altă operațiune* deoarece încă trebuie să comandăm " "produsul de la furnizor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" "Acum, accesați aplicația *Cumpărări*. Acolo, veți găsi comanda de cumpărare " "care a fost declanșată automat de sistem. Validați-o și primiți produsele în" " *Locația Intrare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" "Când produsele au fost primite de la furnizor, puteți merge înapoi la " "comanda de vânzare inițială și validați transferul intern de la *Intrare* la" " *Ieșire*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" "Comanda de livrare este acum gata de procesare și poate fi validată și ea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "Numărări ciclice" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " "applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" "To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" "For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" "down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " "become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" "Activați Rute cu mai multe etape în setările de configurare a inventarului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "Unele exemple de reguli de depozitare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:97 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:99 msgid "" "A *storage category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location, and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" " feature in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature **must** be enabled to enable " ":guilabel:`Storage Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:115 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:117 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:120 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:122 msgid "" "Options are available to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dacă locația este goală`: un produs poate fi adăugat acolo numai " "dacă " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dacă produsele sunt aceleași`: un produs poate fi adăugat acolo " "numai dacă același produs este deja acolo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Permite produse amestecate`: mai multe produse diferite pot fi " "stocate în această locație în același timp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:133 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items and ensure real-time storage " "capacity checks by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:136 msgid "" "Name the :guilabel:`Storage Category`, and select :guilabel:`If all products" " are same` in the :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, define package capacity in the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, " "specifying the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package " "Type` and setting a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" "Odată salvate setările categoriei de stocare, categoria de stocare poate fi " "legată de o locație." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:149 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the location. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` and select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:154 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category to the " "`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" "Când o categorie de stocare este creată, poate fi legată de o locație de " "depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:162 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "Categoriile de stocare în regulile de depozitare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:164 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the `High Frequency Pallets` on " "the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations and :ref:`rework the putaway rules " "` as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:167 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "Presupuneți că o palete de conserve de limonadă este primită:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:169 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" "Dacă PAL1 și PAL2 sunt goale, paletele vor fi redirecționate către " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:170 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" "Dacă PAL1 este plin, paletele vor fi redirecționate către " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:171 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" "Dacă PAL1 și PAL2 sunt pline, paletele vor fi redirecționate către " "WH/Stock/Pallets." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" "Categoriile de stocare utilizate într-o varietate de reguli de depozitare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:3 msgid "Removal strategies (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:7 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, **removal strategies** determine which " "products are taken from the warehouse, and when. Removal strategies are " "typically defined for specific picking operations. This helps companies to " "select the best products, optimize the distance workers need to travel when " "picking items for orders, and account for quality control, such as moving " "products with expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:13 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:17 msgid "" "When a product needs to be moved, Odoo finds available products that can be " "assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products depends on the" " :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` defined in either the :guilabel:`Product " "Category` or the :guilabel:`Location` dashboards." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:21 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy`, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations` or :menuselection:`Product Categories`." " Click on a :guilabel:`Location` or :guilabel:`Product Category`, and then " "click :guilabel:`Edit`. Change the product category :guilabel:`Force Removal" " Strategy` or the location :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` by clicking on the " "drop-down menu and selecting the desired removal strategy. After selecting " "the new removal strategy, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:33 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "Ce se întâmplă în interiorul depozitului?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:35 msgid "" "Most warehouses share the same important areas: receiving docks and sorting " "areas, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping/loading " "docks. While all products entering or leaving the warehouse might go through" " each of these locations at some point, removal strategies can have an " "effect on which products are taken, from where, and when." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:40 msgid "" "In this example below, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the " "receiving docks. Then, operators scan the products in the receiving area, " "with the reception date and expiration date. After that, products are stored" " in their respective storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:45 msgid "" "Not all products have expiration dates, but in this example, expiration " "dates apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." msgstr "Produsele intră în stoc prin intermediul zonei de primire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "In Odoo, receive products by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application, and in the kanban view, click on either the " ":guilabel:`Receipts` heading or :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button. On the " ":guilabel:`Receipts` dashboard, find and click on the individual receipt " "which will open the warehouse intake form. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "enter the received quantity in the :guilabel:`Done` column. To finish, " ":guilabel:`Validate` to receive the products and register them in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "Receiving products can also be done within the Odoo *Barcode* application. " "If using the *Barcode* app, scan the product(s), update the quantity, and " "finally, click :guilabel:`Validate`. After products are received in Odoo, " "the products can then be moved to their respective storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:64 msgid "" "Continuing with the same example, below, imagine several sales orders are " "made for the products received earlier, that use expiration dates. In this " "example, the products weren't received on the same day, and they don't have " "the same expiration date. In this situation, logically, sending products " "with the closest expiration date is preferred, instead of products received " "first or last. Using the chosen removal strategy configured for those " "products (in this example, :ref:`FEFO `), Odoo generates a " "transfer for the products with the soonest expiration date to the picking " "area, then the packing area, and finally, to the shipping docks for delivery" " to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking the expiration dates into\n" "account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:79 msgid "" "To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " "transfer form. To learn more about picking and shipping, refer to either the" " :ref:`Two-step delivery ` or " ":ref:`Three-step delivery ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:85 msgid "How each removal strategy works" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:87 msgid "" "Removal strategies determine which products are taken from the warehouse " "when orders are confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:90 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "Primul intrat, primul ieșit (FIFO [First In, First Out])" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "When using a :guilabel:`First In, First Out (FIFO)` strategy, demand for a " "product triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " "lot/serial number that entered the stock first (and therefore, has been in " "stock for the longest time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:96 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse, and " "have the corresponding lot numbers: `00001`, `00002`, `00003`. Each lot has " "five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:99 msgid "" "Lot `00001` entered the stock on May 23, lot `00002` on May 25, and lot " "`00003` on June 1. A customer orders six boxes on June 11." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer " "request will pick the five boxes from lot `00001` first, and then from the " "boxes in lot `00002`, since lot `00001` entered the stock first. The box " "from lot `00002` is taken next because it has the oldest receipt date after " "lot `00001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the nail lots to be removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:112 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "Ultimul intrat, primul ieșit (LIFO [Last In, First Out])" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:114 msgid "" "Similar to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` method, the " ":guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)` removal strategy moves products based " "on the date they entered a warehouse's stock. Instead of removing the oldest" " stock on-hand, however, it targets the **newest** stock on-hand for " "removal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:118 msgid "" "Every time an order for products with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` " "method is placed, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that has " "most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that entered" " the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:123 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy in" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of boxes of screws in the " "warehouse, and have the corresponding lot numbers: `10001`, `10002`, and " "`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws per lot." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "Lot `10001` entered the stock on June 1, lot `10002` on June 3, and lot " "`10003` on June 6. A customer orders seven boxes on June 8." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy, a transfer is " "requested for seven boxes of screws from lot `10003` because that lot is the" " last one to have entered the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:140 msgid "First Expired, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:142 msgid "" "While the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" " Out)` methods target products for removal based on date of entry into the " "warehouse, the :guilabel:`First Expired, First Out (FEFO)` method targets " "products for removal based on their assigned expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:146 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, every " "sales order that includes products with this removal strategy assigned " "ensures that transfers are requested for products with the expiration date " "soonest to the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:150 msgid "" "As an example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes. Those three " "lots have the following lot numbers: `20001`, `20002`, and `20003`, each " "with five boxes in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:153 msgid "" "Lot `20001` entered the stock on July 1 and expires on July 15, lot `20002` " "entered on July 2 and expires on July 14, and lot `20003` entered on July 3 " "and expires on July 21. A customer orders six boxes on July 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:157 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` method, a transfer is " "requested for the five boxes from lot `20002` and one from lot `20001`. All " "the boxes in lot `20002` are transferred because they have the earliest " "expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from lot `20001` because" " it has the next closest expiration date after lot `20002`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "The detailed operations for the transfer shows the lots to be removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:167 msgid "Using removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:169 msgid "" "To differentiate some units of products from others, the units need to be " "tracked, either by :guilabel:`Lot` or by :guilabel:`Serial Number`. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, " "and :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings. Click :guilabel:`Save` to " "save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Traceability settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid ":alt: Warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:183 msgid "" "To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting needs to be activated as well. To " "enable this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Remember to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:189 msgid "" "Now, specific removal strategies can be defined on product categories. To do" " this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and choose a product category to define the removal strategy " "on. In the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` field, choose a removal " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " "other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " "the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " "stock." msgstr "" "Strategia *Primul care expiră, primul ieșit* (FEFO) este puțin diferită de " "celelalte două strategii de eliminare. Pentru :abbr:`FEFO (Primul care " "expiră, primul ieșit)`, data expirării este importantă, nu data în care " "produsul a intrat în stoc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:198 msgid "" "For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" " case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " "`)." " Those three lots have the following numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, " ":guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each with five boxes in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:204 msgid "" ":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " "15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " "of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" " July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " "the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " "transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" " closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " ":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " ":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`20001` a intrat în stoc pe 1 iulie și expiră pe 15 iulie, " ":guilabel:`20002` a intrat pe 2 iulie și expiră pe 14 iulie, și " ":guilabel:`20003` a intrat pe 4 iulie și expiră pe 21 iulie. Un client " "comandă șase cutii pe 5 iulie. Cu strategia de eliminare :abbr:`FEFO (Primul" " care expiră, primul ieșit)` selectată, se solicită un transfer pentru cinci" " cutii de :guilabel:`20002` și una de la :guilabel:`20001`. Transferul " "pentru toate cutiile din lotul :guilabel:`20002` este deoarece au cea mai " "apropiată dată de expirare. Transferul solicită și o cutie de la " ":guilabel:`20001` deoarece are cea mai apropiată dată de expirare după lotul" " :guilabel:`20002`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:213 msgid "" "Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " "has the nearest expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" "În esență, pentru fiecare comandă de vânzare a unui produs cu strategia de " "eliminare :abbr:`FEFO (Primul care expiră, primul ieșit)`, se solicită un " "transfer pentru produsul care are cea mai apropiată dată de expirare de la " "data comenzii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:218 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "Locația cea mai apropiată" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:220 msgid "" "The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " "removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," " but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " "that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" "Strategia *Locația cea mai apropiată* este complet diferită de celelalte " "strategii de eliminare. Nu este legată de data intrării în depozit, ci mai " "degrabă de locația produsului. Este folosită în mod obișnuit pentru produse " "care nu se deteriorează cu timpul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:224 msgid "" "The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " "bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " "This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " "is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " "alphabetic order." msgstr "" "Scopul este de a evita ca angajatul depozitului să facă un lung drum până la" " fundul stocului atunci când produsul este de asemenea localizat la o " "locație apropiată. Această metodă este disponibilă numai dacă setarea " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:230 msgid "Use removal strategies" msgstr "Folosește strategiile de eliminare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:232 msgid "" "To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " "either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " "the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." msgstr "" "Pentru a diferenția unele unități de altele, unitățile trebuie urmărite, fie" " prin *lot* sau prin *număr de serie*. Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la" " :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări`. Apoi, activați " "setările :guilabel:`Locații de stocare`, :guilabel:`Rute cu mai multe " "etape`, și :guilabel:`Lote și numere de serie`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Removal strategy on a product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:241 msgid "" "To view all products with lots/serial numbers assigned to them, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. This " "reveals a page with drop-down menus of all products assigned lots or serial " "numbers, filtered by *product* by default. To change the category these " "products are filtered by, click :guilabel:`Product` (in the search bar, in " "the top right of the page) to remove the default filter, and select a new " "filter if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "Click on Products, then Lots/Serial Numbers to display all the products with lots or serial\n" "numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:252 msgid "" "To view the serial numbers being selected for a sales order, go to the " ":guilabel:`Sales app` and select the sales order in question. In the sales " "order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top right. In the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (Detailed Operations)` " "icon in the far right for the product in question. The :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` window appears, and displays the lot or serial numbers selected " "for that specific product for the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:260 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "Primul intrat primul ieșit (FIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:262 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies that " "products which enter a warehouse's stock first are removed first. Companies " "should use this method if they are selling products with short demand " "cycles, such as clothes, to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles " "in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:267 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " "the *All/Clothes* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal strategy. In " "the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different receipts are" " listed with the amounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of white shirts in the inventory valuation report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:275 msgid "" "Lot `000001` contains five shirts, lot `000002` contains three shirts, and " "lot `000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:278 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this " "example, the :guilabel:`White Shirt`) from the drop-down menu, or type in " "the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, " "`6.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:285 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the oldest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to" " the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. All five shirts from lot " "`000001` and one shirt from lot `000002` will be selected to be sent to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" "În rezervare două loturi pentru o comandă de vânzare cu strategia FIFO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:295 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "Ultimul intrat primul ieșit (LIFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:297 msgid "" "The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy works in the " "**opposite** manner from the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` strategy. " "With this method, the products that are received **last** are moved out " "first. This method is mostly used for products without a shelf life, and no " "time-sensitive factors, such as expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:302 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of cinder blocks. The blocks are from " "the *All/Building Materials* category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the lots of cinder blocks in the inventory valuation report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:310 msgid "" "Lot `000020` contains three cinder blocks, lot `000030` contains five cinder" " blocks, and lot `0000400` contains four cinder blocks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:313 msgid "" "To see how the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy works, first " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select a product category (for this example, the " ":guilabel:`All/Building Materials` category) to edit. This reveals a product" " category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:318 msgid "" "Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :guilabel:`Last In First " "Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Last in first out (LIFO) strategy set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:325 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a sales order. Next, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a " "product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Select a product (for this " "example, the :guilabel:`Cinder Block`) from the drop-down menu, or type in " "the name of the product in the field. Enter a quantity (for this example, " "`5.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`, then" " click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:332 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the newest lot numbers will be reserved thanks to" " the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy. All four cinder blocks from" " lot `0000400` and one cinder block from lot `000030` will be selected to be" " sent to the customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." msgstr "În rezervare două loturi pentru vânzare cu strategia LIFO." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:344 msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" msgstr "Primul expirat primul ieșit (FEFO)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:346 msgid "" "The :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy differs from " "the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` and :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " strategies, because it targets products for removal based on **expiration " "dates** instead of their warehouse receipt dates. With this method, the " "products that are going to expire first are moved out first. This method is " "used for perishable products, such as medicine, food, and beauty products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:352 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their **removal date** from earliest to latest. " "Removal dates indicate how many days *before* the expiration date the " "product needs to be removed from stock. The removal date is set on the " "product form. Lots without a removal date defined are picked after lots with" " removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:358 msgid "" "If products are not removed from stock when they should be, lots that are " "past the expiration date may still be picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:362 msgid "" "For more information about expiration dates, reference the :doc:`Expiration " "dates <../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>` " "document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:365 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and ensure :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` is enabled. Once the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` setting is enabled, it's possible to define " "different expiration dates for individual serialized products, as well as " "for lot numbers containing many products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:370 msgid "" "In this example, there are three lots of hand cream. The creams are from the" " *All/Health & Beauty* category, where *FEFO* is set as the removal " "strategy. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation Report`, the three different" " receipts are listed with the amounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:374 msgid "" "Lot `0000001` contains twenty tubes of hand cream, expiring on Sept 30, lot " "`0000002` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on November 30, and lot" " `0000003` contains ten tubes of hand cream, expiring on October 31." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "" "View the hand cream lot numbers and expiration dates in the inventory " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:382 msgid "" "Expiration dates can be entered when validating the received products, or " "set on products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Click :guilabel:`Create`, enter the serial number, and" " select the product from the drop-down menu. Next, select the expiration " "date in the :guilabel:`Dates` tab. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." msgstr "Vizualizarea datei de eliminare pentru 0000001." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:391 msgid "" "To see how the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy works, first" " navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories`, and select a product category (in this example, the " ":guilabel:`All/Health & Beauty` category) to edit. This reveals a product " "category form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:396 msgid "" "Once on the product category form, under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, " "change the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired," " First Out)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "FEFO forced removal strategy set on the product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:403 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and click :guilabel:`Create` to " "create a sales order. Next, select a :guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down" " menu. Then click :guilabel:`Add a product` in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab. Select a product (for this example, the :guilabel:`Hand Cream`) from " "the drop-down menu, or type in the name of the product in the field. Enter a" " quantity (in this example, `25.00`) in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then" " click :guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst:410 msgid "" "Once the sales order is confirmed, the delivery order will be created and " "linked to the picking, and the lot numbers expiring first will be reserved " "thanks to the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy. All twenty " "tubes of hand cream from lot `0000001` and five from lot `0000003` will be " "selected to be sent to the customer, detailed in the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab in the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/removal.rst-1 msgid "Hand cream lot numbers selected for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "Procesul de transferuri de val" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" "În timp ce un transfer de loturi este un grup de mai multe ridicări, un ** " "transfer de val ** conține doar unele părți din diferite ridicări. Ambele " "metode sunt utilizate pentru ridicați comenzile într-un depozit, și în " "funcție de situație, o metodă poate este mai potrivit decât celălalt." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" "Pentru a gestiona comenzile unei categorii de produse specifice, sau a aduce" " produsele care sunt la aceeași locație, transferurile de val sunt metoda " "ideală." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" "În Odoo, transferurile in val sunt de fapt transferuri in set cu un pas " "suplimentar: transferurile sunt împărțite înainte de a fi grupate într-un " "set." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" "Înainte ca un transfer de val să poată fi creat, opțiunile: guilabel: ` " "Transferuri Set` și :guilabel: ` Transferuri în val` trebuie activate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" "În primul rând, mergeți la: menuselection: ` Inventar --> Configurare --> " "Setări`. În secțiunea :guilabel: ` Operații`, activați :guilabel: ` " "Transferuri Set` și :guilabel: ` Transferuri în val`. Apoi, faceți clic pe: " "guilabel: ` Salvează` pentru a aplica setările." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea setărilor aplicației Odoo Inventory pentru a activa opțiunea de" " transferuri în val." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "Adăugați produse în val" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" "Acum că setările sunt activate, începeți un transfer în val prin adăugarea " "produse în val." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" "Transferurile în val pot conține doar linii de produse din transferurile de " "același tip de operație. Pentru a vizualiza toate transferurile și liniile " "de produse într-o anumită operație, mergeți mai întâi la: guilabel: ` Panoul" " de control al inventarului` și localizați cardul tipului de operație dorit." " Apoi, deschideți meniul de opțiuni (iconița cu trei puncte în colțul " "cardului tipului de operație) și faceți clic pe :guilabel: ` Operații`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "Modul de a obține o listă de operații de tip de operație." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" "Pe pagina de operații, selectați liniile de produse pe care doriți să le " "adăugați într-o nouă sau valoare existentă. Apoi, faceți clic pe: guilabel: " "` Adăugați în val`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "Selectați liniile pentru a le adăuga în val." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" "Folosiți: guilabel: ` Filtre` în bara de căutare pentru a grupa liniile cu " "același produs, locație, transportator, etc ..." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "După aceea, apare o casetă pop-up." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "Pentru a adăuga liniile selectate într-un transfer în val existent, " "selectați opțiunea :guilabel: ` un transfer în val existent` și selectați " "transferul în val existent din meniul drop-down." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea un transfer în val nou, selectați opțiunea: guilabel: ` un " "transfer în val nou`. Dacă creați un transfer în val nou, un angajat poate " "fi setat în câmpul opțional :guilabel: ` Responsabil` . După ce opțiunile " "dorite sunt selectate, faceți clic pe: guilabel: ` Confirmați` pentru a " "adăuga liniile de produse în val." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "Vizualizați transferurile în val" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" "Pentru a vizualiza toate transferurile în val și stările lor mergi la: " "menuselection: ` Inventar --> Operații --> Transferuri în val` . " "Transferurile în val pot fi de asemenea vizualizate în aplicația: guilabel: " "` Cod de bare` mergând la :menuselection: ` Cod de bare --> Transferuri în " "val`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "Corecții de inventar" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:7 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:16 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:70 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" "Opțiunea Aplicați tot aplică corecția de inventar odată ce este specificat " "un motiv." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" msgstr "Numărați produsele" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" "Tabloul de bord al istoricului corecțiilor de inventar care detaliază o " "listă " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" "Modificați data următoarei numărări de inventar cu setarea Zilei și lunii " "inventarului anual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Data inventarului`: data planificată a numărării." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr ":guilabel:`Utilizator`: utilizatorul responsabil de număr." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data contabilă`: data la care corecția de inventar va fi " "contabilizată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " "with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" "The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " "Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " "warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" "If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " "inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " "Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " "to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " "products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " "to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" "After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " ":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " "values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "Reaprovizionare din alt depozit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" "Un caz de utilizare comun pentru depozite multiple este să aveți un depozit " "central care să reaprovizioneze mai multe magazine, și în acest caz, fiecare" " magazin este considerat un depozit local. Când un magazin dorește sa " "reumple un produs, produsul este comandat către depozitul central. Odoo " "permite utilizatorului sa seteze ușor care depozit(e) pot reaproviziona alt " "depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" "Pentru a reaproviziona din alt depozit, mergi mai întâi la " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări --> Depozit` și " "activează :guilabel:`Rute Multi-Etape`. Apoi, apasș :guilabel:`Salvează` " "pentru a aplica setarea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "Activeaza Rute Multi-Pas in setarile Inventarului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" "Vizualizați toate depozitele configurate mergând la :menuselection:`Inventar" " --> Configurare --> Depozite`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" "Creaza un nou depozit apasand :guilabel:`Creaza`. Apoi, da un nume " "depozitului si un :guilabel:`Cod scurt`. In final, apasa " ":guilabel:`Salveaza` pentru a finaliza crearea depozitului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" "Dupa aceea, intoarce-te la pagina :guilabel:`Depozite` si deschide depozitul" " care va fi reaprovizionat de catre al doilea depozit. Apoi, apasa " ":guilabel:`Editeaza`. In tabul :guilabel:`Configurare Depozit`, localizati " "campul :guilabel:`Reaprovizionare Din` si bifati casuta langa numele " "depozitului al doilea. Daca depozitul poate fi reaprovizionat de mai multe " "depozite, asigurati-va ca sunt bifate si casutele depozitelor respective. In" " final, apasa :guilabel:`Salveaza` pentru a aplica setarea. Acum, Odoo stie " "care depozite pot reaproviziona acest depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "Reaprovisioneaza un depozit cu altul in tabul Configurare Depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "Seteaza ruta pe un produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" "Dupa configurarea depozitelor de la care sa se reaprovizioneze, o noua ruta " "este acum disponibila pe toate formularele produselor. Noua ruta apare ca " ":guilabel:`Reaprovizioneaza Produsul din [Nume Depozit]` sub tabul " ":guilabel:`Inventar` pe un formular de produs. Foloseste ruta " ":guilabel:`Reaprovisioneaza Produsul din [Nume Depozit]` cu o regula de " "reordonare sau ruta make to order (MTO) pentru a reumple stocul prin mutarea" " produsului de la un depozit la altul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" "Setarea rutei care activeaza reaprovizionarea unui produs dintr-un depozit " "secundar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" "Cand o regula de comandă a produsului este declansata si produsul are setată" " ruta :guilabel:`Reaprovizioneaza Produsul din [Nume Depozit]`, Odoo creaza " "automat doua transferuri. un transfer va fi *comanda de livrare* din " "depozitul secundar, care contine toate produsele necesare, si al doilea " "transfer va fi o *recepție* cu aceleasi produse pentru depozitul principal. " "Mutarea produsului de la depozitul secundar la depozitul principal este " "complet urmarita in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" "Pe transferurile create de Odoo, :guilabel:`Documentul Sursa` este regula de" " comanda a produsului. Locatia dintre comanda de livrare si receptia este o " "locatie de tranzit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" "O regula de comanda creaza automat doua receptii pentru stoc intre depozite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "O comanda de reaprovizionarea pentru stocului unui depozit cu altul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "O receptie pentru stocul primit intr-un depozit din altul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "Locații" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " "company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " "items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" " enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :ref:`strategy " "` for how items should be taken from " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:46 msgid "Create location hierarchies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "" "The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" " to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " "as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:57 msgid "" "To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " "the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "Rute și reguli de tragere/presare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" "În gestionarea inventarului, strategia lanțului de aprovizionare determină " "când trebuie achiziționate/fabricate produsele, livrate la centrele de " "distribuție și puse la dispoziția canalului de vânzări." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" "În Odoo, strategia lanțului de aprovizionare a unui produs poate fi " "configurată folosind *Rute*, care conțin *Reguli de Tragere și Împingere*. " "Odată ce totul este configurat corect, aplicația de Inventar poate genera " "transferuri automate, în conformitate cu configurările regulilor de " "tragere/împingere ." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "În interiorul depozitului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" "Într-un depozit generic, există platforme de primire, o zonă de control " "calitate, locații de stocare, zone de ridicare și ambalare și platforme de " "expediere. Toate produsele trec prin toate aceste locații. În timp ce " "produsele se deplasează prin locații, fiecare locație declanșează ruta și " "regulile specifice ale produselor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" "Vizualizare a unui depozit generic cu stoc și zonă de control calitate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" "În acest exemplu, camioanele furnizorului descarcă palete de produse " "comandate la platformele de primire. Operatorii scanează apoi produsele în " "zona de primire. În funcție de ruta și regulile produselor, unele dintre " "aceste produse sunt trimise într-o zonă de control calitate (de exemplu, " "produsele ce sunt componente în procesul de productie), în timp ce altele " "sunt stocate direct în locațiile lor respective." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" "Vizualizare a unei reguli de împingere generică la primirea produselor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" "Aici este un exemplu de rută de reaprovizionare. Dimineața, sunt ridicate " "toate produsele pentru toate comenzile care trebuie pregătite în cursul " "zilei. Aceste produse sunt ridicate din locațiile de stocare și mutate în " "zona de ridicare, în apropierea zonei de ambalare. Apoi, comenzile sunt " "ambalate în cutiile lor și transportoarele le duc aproape de platformele de " "expediere, pentru a fi livrate clienților." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" "Vizualizare a unei reguli de tragere generică la pregătirea livrărilor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "Reguli de tragere" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" "Cu *Regulile de Tragere*, o cerere pentru anumite produse declanșează " "procurări, în timp ce *Regulile de Împingere* sunt declanșate de produsele " "care ajung într-o locație specifică." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" "Regulile de Tragere sunt utilizate pentru a satisface o comandă de vânzare. " "Odoo generează o necesitate la *Locația Clientului* pentru fiecare produs " "din comandă. Deoarece regulile de tragere sunt declanșate de o necesitate, " "Odoo caută o regulă de tragere definită pe *Locația Clientului*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" "În acest caz, o regulă de tragere \"comandă de expediere\" care transferă " "produsele din *Zona de Expediere* la *Locația Clientului* este găsită, și un" " transfer între cele două locații este creat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" "Apoi, Odoo găsește o altă regulă de tragere care încearcă să satisfacă " "necesarul pentru *Zona de Expediere*: regula de \"ambalare\" care transferă " "produsele din *Zona de Ambalare* la *Zona de Expediere*. În cele din urmă, " "alte reguli de tragere sunt declanșate până când un transfer între *Stoc* și" " *Zona de Ridicare* este creat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" "Toate aceste transferuri de produse sunt generate automat de Odoo pe baza " "regulilor de tragere, pornind de la sfârșit (locația clientului) și merge " "înapoi (locul de stocare). În timp ce lucrează, operatorul procesează aceste" " transferuri în ordinea inversă: mai întâi ridicarea, apoi ambalarea și în " "cele din urmă expediere." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "Reguli de împingere" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" "Pe de altă parte, *Regulile de Împingere* sunt mult mai ușor de înțeles. În " "loc să genereze documente pe baza nevoilor, sunt declanșate în timp real " "când produsele ajung într-o locație specifică. Regulile de împingere spun în" " esență: \"când un produs ajunge la o locație specifică, mutați-l într-o " "altă locație.\"" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" "Un exemplu de regulă de împingere ar fi: când un produs ajunge în *Zona de " "Primire*, mutați-l în *Locația de Stocare*. Deoarece diferite reguli de " "împingere pot fi aplicate diferiților produse, utilizatorul poate atribui " "diferite locații de stocare pentru diferite produse." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" "O altă regulă de împingere ar putea fi: când produsele ajung la o locație, " "mutați-le în *Zona de Control Calitate*. Apoi, odată ce verificarea " "calității este făcută, mutați-le în *Locația de Stocare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" "Regulile de împingere pot fi declanșate numai dacă nu există reguli de " "tragere care au generat deja transferurile de produse." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" "Seturi de reguli de împingere / tragere precum acestea se numesc *Rute*. " "Grupuli de reguli decide dacă produsele sunt grupate în același transfer sau" " nu. De exemplu, în timpul operațiunii de ridicare, toate comenzile și " "produsele lor sunt grupate într-un transfer, în timp ce operațiunea de " "ambalare respectă gruparea pe comandă de la client." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "Utilizați rute și reguli" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" "Deoarece *Rutele* sunt o colecție de *Reguli de Împingere și Tragere*, Odoo " "vă ajută să gestionați configurări avansate de rută, cum ar fi:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "Gestionați lanțurile de fabricare a produselor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "Gestionați locațiile implicite pe produs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" "Definiți rute în depozitul de stoc în funcție de nevoile afacerii, cum ar fi" " controlul calității, serviciile post-vânzare sau returnările furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" "Ajutați la gestionarea închirierilor prin generarea automată a returnărilor " "pentru produsele închiriate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Pentru a configura o rută pentru un produs, deschideți mai întâi aplicația " ":guilabel:`Inventar` și accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> Setări`. " "Apoi, în secțiunea :guilabel:`Depozit`, activați funcția :guilabel:`Rute " "Multi-Step` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Activați funcția Rute Multi-Step în aplicația Odoo Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" "Funcția :guilabel:`Locații de Stocare` este activată automat cu funcția " ":guilabel:`Rute Multi-Step`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" "Odată ce acest prim pas este finalizat, utilizatorul poate utiliza rutele " "preconfigurate care vin cu Odoo, sau poate crea rute personalizate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "Rute preconfigurate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" "Pentru a accesa rutele preconfigurate ale Odoo, accesați " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Depozite`. Apoi, deschideți un " "formular de depozit. În fila :guilabel:`Configurare Depozit`, utilizatorul " "poate vizualiza rutele preconfigurate ale depozitului pentru " ":guilabel:`Livrări de Intrare` și :guilabel:`Livrări de Ieșire`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Un depozit preconfigurat în aplicația Odoo Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" "Unele rute mai avansate, cum ar fi pick-pack-ship, sunt de asemenea " "disponibile. Utilizatorul poate selecta ruta care se potrivește cel mai bine" " nevoilor afacerii. După ce rutele :guilabel:`Livrări de Intrare` și " ":guilabel:`Livrări de Ieșire` sunt stabilite, accesați " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Rute` pentru a vedea rutele " "specifice pe care le a generat Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "Vizualizarea tuturor rutele preconfigurate pe care le oferă Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" "Pe pagina :guilabel:`Rute`, faceți clic pe o rută pentru a deschide " "formularul rutei. În formularul rutei, utilizatorul poate vizualiza la ce " "locuri este :guilabel:`Aplicabil`. Utilizatorul poate de asemenea să " "stabilească ce ruta să se aplice pe o :guilabel:`Companie` specifică. Acest " "lucru este util în mediile multi-companie; de exemplu, un utilizator poate " "avea o companie și un depozit în Țara A și o a doua companie și un depozit " "în Țara B." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea unui exemplu de rută aplicabilă pe categorii de produse și " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" "În partea de jos a formularului rutei, utilizatorul poate vizualiza " ":guilabel:`Regulile` specifice rutei. Fiecare :guilabel:`Regulă` are o " ":guilabel:`Acțiune`, o :guilabel:`Locație Sursă` și o :guilabel:`Locație " "Destinație`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" "Un exemplu de reguli cu acțiuni de împingere și trafere în aplicația " "Inventar de la Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Rute personalizate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea o rută personalizată, accesați :menuselection:`Inventar --> " "Configurare --> Rute`, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`. În continuare, " "alegeți locurile unde această rută poate fi selectată. O rută poate fi " "aplicabilă pe anumite de locatii specifice." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "Vizualizarea unei rute de pick-pack-ship." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" "Fiecare loc are un comportament diferit, așa că este important să bifați " "doar cele utile și să adaptați fiecare rută în consecință. Apoi, configurați" " :guilabel:`Regulile` ale rutei." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" "Dacă ruta este aplicabilă pe o categorie de produse, ea trebuie să fie " "setată manual pe formularul categoriei de produse accesând " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Categorii de produse`. Apoi, " "selectați categoria de produse și deschideți formularul. În continuare, " "faceți click pe :guilabel:`Editare` și sub secțiunea :guilabel:`Logistică`, " "setați :guilabel:`Rute`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" "Când se aplică ruta pe o categorie de produse, toate regulile configurate în" " rută sunt aplicate **la fiecare** produs din categoria respectivă. Acest " "lucru poate fi util dacă afacerea utilizează procesul de dropshipping pentru" " toate produsele din aceeași categorie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "Vizualizarea unei rute aplicate pe categoria de produse \"All\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" "Același comportament se aplică și depozitelor. Dacă ruta poate fi aplicată " ":guilabel:`Depozitelor`, toate transferurile care au loc în interiorul " "depotului ales și care îndeplinesc condițiile regulilor rutei vor urma " "această rută." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "Vizualizarea meniului cand se alege aplicabilitatea pe depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" "Dacă ruta este aplicabilă pe :guilabel:`Linii de comandă de vânzare`, este " "mai mult sau mai puțin opusul. Ruta trebuie să fie aleasă manual la crearea " "unei oferte. Acest lucru este util dacă unele produse trec prin rute " "diferite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" "Nu uitați să activați vizibilitatea coloanei :guilabel:`Rută` pe " "oferta/comanda de vânzare. Apoi, ruta poate fi aleasă pe fiecare linie a " "ofertei/comenzii de vânzare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea meniului care permite adăugarea de noi linii la comenda de " "vânzare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" "În cele din urmă, există rute care pot fi aplicate pe produse. Acestea " "funcționează mai mult sau mai puțin ca și categoriile de produse: odată " "selectate, ruta trebuie să fie setată manual pe formularul produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" "Pentru a seta o rută pe un produs, mergeți la :menuselection:`Inventar --> " "Produse --> Produse` și selectați produsul dorit. Apoi, mergeți la fila " ":guilabel:`Inventar` și sub secțiunea :guilabel:`Operațiuni`, selectați " ":guilabel:`Rute`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "Vizualizarea formularului produsului, unde trebuie selectată ruta." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "Regulile trebuie să fie setate pe ruta pentru ca ruta să funcționeze." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Reguli" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" "Regulile sunt definite pe formularul rutei. În primul rând, mergeți la " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Rute` și deschideți formularul " "rutei dorite. Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare` și în secțiunea " ":guilabel:`Reguli`, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o linie`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea meniului regulilor, unde este posibil să adăugați noi reguli." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" "Regulile disponibile declanșează diverse acțiuni. Dacă Odoo oferă reguli de " "*Push* și *Pull*, și altele sunt disponibile. Fiecare regulă are o " ":guilabel:`Acțiune`:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Trage Din`: această regulă este declanșată de necesarul unui " "produs într-o locație specifică. Necesarul poate proveni dintr-o comandă de " "vânzare care este validată sau dintr-o comandă de fabricare care necesită o " "anume componentă. Când necesarul apare în locația de destinație, Odoo " "generează un transfer pentru a satisface aceast necesar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Impinge În`: această regulă este declanșată de sosirea unor " "produse în locația sursă definită. În cazul în care utilizatorul mută " "produsele în locația sursă, Odoo generează un transfer pentru a muta aceste " "produse în locația de destinație." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Trage și Impinge`: această regulă permite generarea " "transferurilor în cele două situații explicate mai sus. Acest lucru înseamnă" " că atunci când produsele sunt necesare într-o locație specifică, se creează" " un transfer din locația anterioară pentru a satisface acel necesar. Acest " "lucru creează un necesar în locația anterioară și o regulă este declanșată " "pentru a satisface necesarul. Odată ce al doilea necesar este satisfăcut, " "produsele sunt impinse în locația de destinație și tot necesarul este " "satisfăcut." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cumpără`: atunci când produsele sunt necesare în locația de " "destinație, se creează o cerere de ofertă pentru a satisface necesarul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fabrică`: atunci când produsele sunt necesare în locația sursă, " "se creează o comandă de fabricare pentru a satisface necesarul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" "Prezentare generală a unei reguli de \"Trage Din\" care creează un transfer " "între stoc și zona de ambalare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipul de operație` trebuie de asemenea definit în regula. Acesta " "definește ce fel de transfer este creat din regula." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" "Dacă :guilabel:`Acțiunea` este setată pe regula :guilabel:`Trage Din` sau " ":guilabel:`Trage și Impinge`, trebuie setată o :guilabel:`Metodă de " "aprovizionare`. :guilabel:`Metoda de aprovizionare` definește ce se întâmplă" " la locația sursă:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Preia din Stoc`: produsele sunt preluate din stocul disponibil al" " locației sursă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Declanșează O Altă Regulă`: sistemul încearcă să găsească o " "regulă de stoc pentru a aduce produsele la locația sursă. Stocul disponibil " "este ignorat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Preia din Stoc, dacă nu este disponibil, declanșează o altă " "regulă`: produsele sunt preluate din stocul disponibil al locației sursă. " "Dacă nu există stoc disponibil, sistemul încearcă să găsească o regulă " "pentru a aduce produsele la locația sursă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" "În secțiunea *Programare*, puteți determina cum se comportă Odoo atunci când" " unul din transferurile lanțului este reprogramat. În cazul în care decideți" " să **Propagați Reprogramarea**, și următorul transfer trebuie reprogramat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" "Dacă preferați să aveți posibilitatea de a reprograma următorul transfer, " "puteți decide să primiți o alertă sub forma unei *următoare activități*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "Exemplu de flux complet al unei rute" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" "În acest exemplu, folosim o rută personalizată *Preia - Ambalează - " "Expediază* pentru a încerca un flux complet cu o rută personalizată " "avansată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" "În primul rând, o privire rapidă la regulile rutei și metodele lor de " "aprovizionare. Există trei reguli, toate sunt reguli :guilabel:`Trage Din`. " ":guilabel:`Metodele de aprovizionare` pentru fiecare regulă sunt " "următoarele:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Preia din Stoc`: Când sunt necesare produse în " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *preia* (transferuri interne de la " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` la :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) sunt create din " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` pentru a satisface necesitatea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Declanșează O Altă Regulă`: Când sunt necesare produse în " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *ambalează* (transferuri interne de la " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` la :guilabel:`WH/Output`) sunt create din " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` pentru a satisface necesarul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Declanșează O Altă Regulă`: Când sunt necesare produse în " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *comenzi de livrare* sunt create " "din :guilabel:`WH/Output` pentru a satisface necesarul." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" "Prezentarea tuturor transferurilor create de rută preia - ambalează - " "expediază." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" "Aceasta înseamnă că, atunci când un client comandă produse care au o rută " "setată *preia - ambalează - expediază*, o comandă de livrare este creată " "pentru a satisface comanda." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "Vizualizarea operațiunilor create de un transfer de trageri din." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" "Dacă documentul sursă pentru mai multe transferuri este aceeași comandă de " "vânzări, starea nu este aceeași. Starea va fi :guilabel:`Așteaptă O Altă " "Operație` dacă transferul anterior din listă nu este încă finalizat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea stărilor diferite ale transferurilor la începutul procesului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" "Pentru a pregăti comanda de livrare, produsele ambalate sunt necesare în " "zona de ieșire, astfel că un transfer intern este solicitat din zona de " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea operațiunilor detaliate pentru un transfer între zonele de " "ambalare și ieșire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" "Desigur, zona de ambalare are nevoie de produse gata de a fi ambalate. " "Astfel, un transfer intern este solicitat pentru stoc și angajații pot aduna" " produsele necesare din depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea operațiunilor detaliate pentru un transfer între zonele de stoc" " și ambalare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" "În conformitate cu explicațiile din introducerea documentației, ultimul pas " "în proces (pentru această rută, comanda de livrare) este primul care este " "declanșat, care declanșează apoi alte reguli până când ajungem la primul pas" " în proces (aici, transferul intern din stoc în zona de ambalare). Acum, " "totul este gata pentru a fi procesat astfel încât clientul să poată primi " "produsele comandate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" "În acest exemplu, produsul este livrat clienților atunci când toate regulile" " sunt declanșate și transferurile sunt finalizate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea stărilor transferurilor atunci când rută este finalizată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" msgstr "Administreaza Depozite si Locatii" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Depozit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" "In Odoo, un **Depozit** este clădirea/locul în care sunt stocate bunurile " "unei companii. Mai multe depozite pot fi configurate in Odoo si utilizatorul" " poate crea mutari intre depozite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " "sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " "Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" "O **Locatie** este un spatiu specific in depozit. Poate fi o sublocatie a " "depozitului (o raft, un etaj, o coridoare, etc). Deci, o locatie este parte " "a unui depozit si nu este posibil sa se lege o locatie la mai multe " "depozite. In Odoo, atatea locatii pot fi configurate cat sunt necesare intr-" "un depozit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "There are three types of locations:" msgstr "Există trei tipuri de locatii:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" "**Locatiile Fizice** sunt locatii interne care fac parte din depozitele " "companiei. Ele pot fi zonele de incarcare si descarcare ale depozitului, un " "raft, un departament, etc." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" "**Locatiile Partenerilor** sunt spatii in depozitele unui client si/sau " "furnizor. Ele functioneaza la fel ca locatiile fizice, cu singura diferenta " "ca nu sunt deținute de compania utilizatorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" "**Locatiile Virtuale** sunt locuri care nu exista, dar in care produsele pot" " fi plasate cand nu sunt fizic in inventar (sau mai mult). Ele sunt de folos" " cand se inregistreaza produse pierdute (**Pierderi de Inventar**), sau cand" " se tine cont de produsele care sunt pe drum catre depozit (**Procurări**)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " "structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" "In Odoo, locatiile sunt structurate hierarhic. Locatiile pot fi structurate " "ca un arbore, dependent de o relatie parinte-copil. Acest lucru ofera nivele" " mai detaliate de analiza a operatiunilor de stoc si organizarea " "depozitelor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Pentru a activa locațiile, accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> Setări` " "și activați :guilabel:`Locații de stocare`. Apoi, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Salvează`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "Activați funcția de locație de stocare în setările de inventar Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "Creați un nou depozit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea un depozit, accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> " "Managementul de depozite --> Depozite` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" "Apoi, completați un :guilabel:`Nume de depozit` și un :guilabel:`Nume " "scurt`. Codul scurt este de maximum cinci caractere." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Câmpul Cod scurt al unui depozit pe inventarul Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cod scurt` apare pe ordinele de transfer și alte documente de " "depozit. Odoo recomandă utilizarea unui nume înțeles, cum ar fi " "\"WH/[primele litere ale locației]\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" "Acum, reveniți la tabloul de bord :guilabel:`Inventar`. Acolo, au fost " "generate automat operațiuni noi legate de depozitul creat recent." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" "Tabloul de bord al aplicației de inventar care afișează noi tipuri de " "transferuri pentru depozitul creat recent." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" "Adăugarea unui al doilea depozit va activa automat setarea " ":guilabel:`Locații`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "Creați o nouă locație" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea o locație, accesați :menuselection:`Configurare --> " "Managementul de depozite --> Locații` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Apoi, completați un :guilabel:`Nume de locație` și o :guilabel:`Locație " "parinte` și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Creați o nouă locație de depozit în Odoo Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "Evaluarea stocului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" "Integrarea costurilor suplimentare pentru produse (costuri aditionale)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" "Funcția de costuri adiționale în Odoo permite utilizatorului să includă " "costuri suplimentare(transport, asigurare, taxe vamale, etc.) în costul " "produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" "În primul rând, mergeți la :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> " "Setări --> Evaluare` și activați funcția :guilabel:`Costuri de adiționale`. " "Odoo oferă și opțiunea de a seta un :guilabel:`Jurnal implicit` în care " "intrările contabile vor fi înregistrate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "Activați funcția de costuri adiționale în setările de inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "Adăugați costuri la produse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "Primirea facturii furnizorului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" "După ce un furnizor livrează o comandă de achiziție și trimite o factură, " "faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Crează factură` pe comanda de cumpărare pentru a " "crea o factură furnizor înOdoo. Dacă factura furnizorului include costuri " "adiționale, cum ar fi taxele vamale, bifați caseta din coloana " ":guilabel:`Costuri adiționale` pe linia facturii furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "" "Activați opțiunea de costuri adiționale pe linia facturii furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" "Pentru cheltuielile care sunt întotdeauna costuri adiționale, creați un " "produs de costuri adiționale înOdoo. Astfel, produsul de costuri adiționale " "poate fi adăugat rapid la factura furnizorului ca o linie de factură în loc " "de a introduce manualinformațiile de costuri adiționale de fiecare dată când" " vine o factură furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" "În primul rând, creați un produs nou în :menuselection:`Inventar --> Produse" " --> Produse --> Creare`. Apoi, numiți produsul de costuri adiționale. Apoi," " setați:guilabel:`Tipul produsului` la :guilabel:`Serviciu`. Un produs de " "costuri adiționale trebuieîntotdeauna să fie un tip de produs de serviciu. " "După aceea, mergeți la fila :guilabel:`Cumpărare`și bifați caseta lângă " ":guilabel:`Este un cost adițional`. În cele din urmă, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Salvează` pentru a finaliza crearea produsului de costuri " "adiționale." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" "Dacă acest produs este întotdeauna un cost adițional, puteți defini și " "produsulși evitați să bifați caseta pe fiecare factură furnizor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "Opțiunea de a defini un produs ca cost adițional." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odată ce costul adițional este adăugat la factura furnizorului (fie prin " "bifarea:guilabel:`Costuri adiționale` opțiunea pe linia facturii sau prin " "adăugarea unui produs de costuri aditionale la factură), faceți clic pe " "butonul :guilabel:`Crează costuri adiționale` lapartea de sus a facturii. " "Odoo creează automat o înregistrare de costuri adiționale cucostul " "adiționale setat pre-completat în linia produsului :guilabel:`Costuri " "suplimentare`. De aici, decideți pentru care transfe se aplică costurile " "suplimentare, clic pe :guilabel:`Editare` și selectați numărul de referință " "trasfer dinmeniul :guilabel:`Transferuri`. În cele din urmă, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Salvează`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" "Utilizați un transfer de depozit pentru a acoperi un cost adiționale în " "jurnalul contabil." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" "După setarea transferului, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Calculează` pe " "înregistrareacostului adiționale. Apoi, mergeți la fila :guilabel:`Ajustări " "de evaluare` pentru a vedeaimpactul costurilor adiționale. În cele din urmă," " faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Validează` pentru a postaînregistrarea costului " "adiționale în jurnalul contabil." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" "Utilizatorul poate accesa înregistrarea jurnalului care a fost creată de " "costuladițional, făcând clic pe :guilabel:`Înregistrare jurnal`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" "Produsul pentru care se aplică costul adițional trebuie să aibă o categorie " "de produssetat la o metodă :abbr:`FIFO (Primul în intrare, primul în " "ieșire)` sau un :abbr:`AVCO (Cost mediu)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "Elemente in jurnalul costuri adiționale" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" "Înregistrările de costuri adiționale pot fi create direct " "în:menuselection:`Inventar --> Operațiuni --> Costuri adiționale`, nu este " "necesarcrearea unei înregistrări de costuri adiționale din factura " "furnizorului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "Configurarea evaluării inventarului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " "journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " "is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " "Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " "only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " "*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" " both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " "used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "Costing methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "" "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " "product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " "compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 msgid "" "**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " "average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" " on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " "constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" "**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " "items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " "valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " "sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " "lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " "valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " "desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Using the inventory " "valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " "products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " ":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " "to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " ":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " "entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "Recepția unui produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "`" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "Livrarea unui produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Întreținere" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 msgid "Equipment management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "Producție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: MRP `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" "`Tutoriale Odoo: Scanner de coduri de bare " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" "Configurarea corectă a unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` ajută la " "optimizarea procesului de producție și la economisirea timpului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" "Configurarea cea mai simplă a unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` este una" " fără operațiuni sau instrucțiuni, doar componente. În acest caz, producția " "este gestionată numai prin intermediul *Comenzilor de producție*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea o :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` din modulul " ":guilabel:`Producție`, accesați :menuselection:`Produse --> Liste de " "materiale`. Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`. În continuare, " "specificați :guilabel:`Produs`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" "O :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` poate fi de asemenea creată direct din " "formularul produsului, în cazul în care câmpul :guilabel:`Produs` este pre-" "completat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "Pentru un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` standard, setați :guilabel:`Tipul" " LdM` la :guilabel:`Produce acest produs`. Apoi, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Adaugă o linie` pentru a specifica diferitele componente alături " "de cantitățile care alcătuiesc parțile produsului finit. Componentele noi " "pot fi create rapid prin intermediul :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`, sau " "pot fi create în prealabil în :menuselection:`Producție --> Produse --> " "Produse --> Creare`. În final, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvează` pentru a " "finaliza crearea :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "Configurați o listă de materiale." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "Specificați o listă de materiale (LdM) pentru o variantă de produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" ":abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` pot fi de asemenea atribuite unor anumite " "*Variante de produs*, cu două opțiuni de configurare disponibile pentru " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" "Pentru a atribui :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` variantelor de produs, " "atributele variantelor de produs trebuie deja configurate pe formularul " "produsului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" "Prima metodă este să creați un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` pentru " "fiecare variantă prin crearea unui nou :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` și " "specificați :guilabel:`Varianta de produs`. A doua metodă este să creați un " ":abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` principal care conține toate componente și " "specificați care variantă se aplică fiecărei componente folosind coloana " ":guilabel:`Se aplică pe variante`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "Variante de produs în lista de materiale." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "Configurați operațiuni" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" "Adăugați o :guilabel:`Operație` la :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` pentru a" " specifica instrucțiunile de producție și înregistrați timpul petrecut pe o " "operație. Pentru a utiliza această caracteristică, activați mai întâi " ":guilabel:`Comenzi de lucru` în :menuselection:`Producție --> Configurare " "--> Setări --> Operațiuni`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" "În continuare, când creați un nou :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`, faceți " "clic pe fila :guilabel:`Operațiuni` apoi clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o " "linie` pentru a adăuga o nouă operațiune. În caseta :guilabel:`Creați " "operațiuni`, dați un nume operației, specificați :guilabel:`Centrul de " "lucru` și setările de timp. Ca și componente, Odoo oferă opțiunea de a " "specifica o variantă de produs în campul :guilabel:`Se aplică pe variante` " "astfel încât operația să se aplice doar acelei variante. În final, faceți " "clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați și închideți`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" "Fiecare operație este unică, deoarece este legată exclusiv de un :abbr:`LdM " "(Listă de materiale)`. Operațiunile pot fi reutilizate când se configurează " "un nou :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`, cu caracteristica " ":guilabel:`Copiați Operațiunile Existente`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "Caracteristica Copiați Operațiunile Existente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Adăugați produse secundare la o listă de materiale (LdM)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" "Un *Produs secundar* este un produs rezidual creat în timpul producției în " "afara produsului principal al unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`. Spre " "deosebire de produsul principal, poate exista mai mult de un produs secundar" " pe un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" "Pentru a adăuga produse secundare la o :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`, " "activați mai întâi caracteristica :guilabel:`Produse secundare` în " ":menuselection:`Producție --> Configurare --> Setări --> Operațiuni`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "Odată ce caracteristica este activată, puteți adăuga produse secundare la o " ":abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` făcând clic pe tabul :guilabel:`Operațiuni`" " apoi făcând clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați o linie`. Apoi, dați un nume " "produsului secundar și indicați :guilabel:`Cantitatea` și " ":guilabel:`Unitatea de măsură`. Dacă :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)` are " "operațiuni configurate, specificați exact din ce operație este produs " "produsul secundar în câmpul :guilabel:`Producție în operațiune`. În final, " "faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "Utilizați kit-uri" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "Creați kit-ul ca un produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "Configurați BOM-ul kit-ului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "Selectarea kit-ului în lista de materiale." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" "Dacă kit-ul este utilizat exclusiv ca un produs vândut, atunci trebuie " "adăugate doar componente sub tabul :guilabel:`Componente`, iar configurarea " "operațiunilor de producție nu este necesară." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" "Când un kit este vândut ca un produs, apare ca un singur element pe oferta " "și comanda de vânzare. Cu toate acestea, pe documentele de livrare, fiecare " "componentă a kit-ului este listată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "Folosiți kit-urile pentru a gestiona LdM-uri complexe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "Kit ca și componentă într-o listă de materiale multinivel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "Kit extins în raportul Structură și Cost." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 msgid "" "In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " "enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " "This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " "from which the tablet view can be opened." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" " the first work order to enter the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 msgid "" "Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " "the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 msgid "" "The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " "order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " "multiple work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 msgid "Single work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " "order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" " MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " "still need to be manufactured is created automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " "reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 msgid "" "On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" " and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" " work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " "will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " "Close MO` after completing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " "backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " "the steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 msgid "Multiple work orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 msgid "" "If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " "complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." " This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " "the original order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 msgid "" "The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " "manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " "immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " "button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 msgid "" "To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " "order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " ":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 msgid "" "Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " "the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 msgid "" "If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " "click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" " orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " "the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " "view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " "backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " "tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 msgid "" "The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " "steps detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 msgid "" "It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " "order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." " Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " "backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 msgid "" "A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " "orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " "immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " "two of them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 msgid "" "As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " "painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " ":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " "work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " ":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " "Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 msgid "" "A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " "the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " ":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 msgid "" "Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " "remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " "complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Tablet view workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:116 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be " "processed. This opens the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:119 msgid "" "After opening the tablet view, Odoo *Manufacturing* automatically starts a " "timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to complete. After " "completing the work order, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the " "top-right corner of the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` while there is at least one more work " "order left to complete opens a page that lists the next work order. Click on" " that work order to open it in the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark " "as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done` and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:110 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed later by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "Gestionați BOM-uri pentru variante de produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "Activați variantele de produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "Selectarea \"Variante\" din setările aplicației Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "Aplicați componente LdM la variantele de produs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "Opțiunea \"Aplicați pe variante\" din meniul opțiunilor suplimentare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" "Fiecare componentă poate fi atribuită mai multor variante. Componentele fără" " variante specificate sunt utilizate în fiecare variantă a produsului. " "Același principiu se aplică la configurarea operațiunilor și a produselor " "secundare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " "scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" " scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" " :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " "manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" " new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " "appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " "pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" " in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" " the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " "components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " "product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " "cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " "required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " "count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " "scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 msgid "" "If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " "units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " "total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " "manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 msgid "" "Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " "so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 msgid "" "With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" " of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " ":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 msgid "" "Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " "enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " ":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "Scrap finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 msgid "" "Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " "order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " "click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " "window appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 msgid "" "Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" " will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " "the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " "product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " "field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 msgid "" "The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " "reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " "manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " "after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " "will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "Gestionați produse semi-finite" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" "Un *produs semi-finit*, cunoscut și ca *subasamblu*, este un produs fabricat" " care este utilizat ca componentă într-o listă de materiale (LdM) a altui " "produs. Produsele semi-finite sunt utilizate pentru a simplifica liste " "complexe de materiale (LdM) sau pentru a reprezenta mai precis un flux de " "producție. O :abbr:`LdM (Bill of Materials)` care conține produse semi-" "finate este numită *LdM multilevel*, unde produsul principal *top-level " "product* și subasamblările sale sunt distinse." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "Configurați produse semi-finite" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" "Pentru a configura o :abbr:`LdM (Bill of Materials)` multilevel, produsul " "principal și produsele semi-finite trebuie configurate. Prin urmare, primul " "pas este să creați produsele semi-finite și :abbr:`LdM (Bills of Materials)`" " lor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr ":doc:`bill_configuration`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "O listă de materiale pentru un produs semi-finit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Creați lista de materiale (LdM) pentru produsul principal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" "După ce produsele semi-finite sunt configurate în totalitate, navigați la " ":menuselection:`Producție --> Produse --> Produse`. Apoi, creați " ":guilabel:`Create` produsul principal. Configurați specificațiile produsului" " după cum doriți, și asigurați-vă că :guilabel:`Save`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" "Odată ce produsul principal este configurat, faceți clic pe butonul " "inteligent :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` pe formularul produsului, apoi " "faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Create` pentru a crea o :abbr:`LdM (Listă de " "Materiale)` pentru produsul principal. Apoi, adăugați doar produsele semi-" "finate la această :abbr:`LdM (Listă de Materiale)`, împreună cu orice alte " "componente necesare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" "O listă de materiale pentru un produs principal, care conține un subasamblu " "ca componentă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "Gestionați planificarea producției" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" "Există mai multe metode pentru a gestiona automatizarea comenzilor de " "producție pentru produse cu :abbr:`LdM (Liste de Materiale)` multilevel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" "Produsele semi-finite sunt utilizate în mod specific pentru a gestiona " "produsele care pot fi fabricate cu LdM multilevel. Dacă o LdM este creată " "doar pentru a organiza componente sau pentru a împacheta produse vândute, " "folosirea :doc:`Kits ` este opțiunea mai potrivită." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" "Pentru a declanșa automat comenzile de producție pentru produsele semi-" "finate după confirmarea unei comenzi de producție pentru produsul principal," " există două opțiuni:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" "**Opțiunea 1 (recomandată):** Creați *Reguli de Reînnoire* pentru produsele " "semi-finite și setați ambele cantități minime și maxime dorite de stoc la " "`0`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" "**Opțiunea 2:** Activați rutele :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` și " ":guilabel:`Producție` sub fila :guilabel:`Inventar` a formularului " "produsului semi-finit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" "Opțiunea 1 este mai flexibilă decât Opțiunea 2 și este, prin urmare, " "recomandată. Regulile de reînnoire nu leagă direct cererea de reînnoire și, " "prin urmare, permit stocurile să fie ne-rezervate și redirecționate către " "alte comenzi, dacă este necesar. Ruta Replenish on Order (MTO) creează un " "legătură unică între produsele semi-finite și produsele de nivel superior, " "exclusiv rezervând cantități pentru comanda de producție de nivel superior " "confirmată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" "Indiferent de metoda aleasă, produsele semi-finite trebuie să fie complet " "fabricate înainte ca producția să înceapă pe produsul de nivel superior." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "O comandă de producție pentru un produs de nivel superior." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "Subcontractați producția" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" "Subcontractarea unei părți sau a întregului nevoilor de producție a " "companiei dvs. nu este ușoară. Pentru a face acest lucru corect, trebuie să:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "Gestionați inventarul materiilor prime la subcontractorul dvs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "" "Trimiteți materialele brute la subcontractorii dvs., la momentul potrivit" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "Controlați calitatea bunurilor primite" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "Controlați facturile subcontractorilor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" "Aici este un exemplu de subcontractare a producției lui „C”, care este " "producut din materiale brute „A” și „B”." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" "Cu funcția sa de subcontractare MRP, Odoo vă ajută să gestionați acest flux " "ușor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" "Pentru a utiliza funcția de subcontractare, accesați: menuselection: " "„Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings” și bifați caseta " "*Subcontractare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" "Pentru a defini dacă un produs trebuie subcontractat, utilizați un *Listă de" " materiale (LdM)* de tip *Subcontractare*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea un nou *LdM*, accesați: menuselection: „Producție --> Produse " "--> Liste de materiale” și apăsați creați. Apoi, listați componentele " "subcontractorului dvs. care trebuie să producă produsul. Pentru scopuri de " "cost, ar trebui să înregistrați toate componentele, chiar și cele care sunt " "sursate direct de la subcontractor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" "Odată ce ați setat *Tipul LdM* la *Subcontractare*, specificați unul sau mai" " multe subcontractori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "Fluxul de bază de subcontractare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" "Pentru a informa subcontractorul dvs. despre câte produse aveți nevoie, " "creați și trimiteți-le comenzi de achiziție (PO). Pentru a face acest lucru," " accesați aplicația *Achiziții* și creați o nouă comandă de achiziție. " "Asigurați-vă că trimiteți PO unui furnizor care este definit ca " "subcontractor pe *LdM* pentru aceste produse." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" "Odată ce *PO* este validat (1), este creată o receprie în așteptare. Când " "produsele sunt primite, validați primirea (2), cu cantitatea efectivă " "primită. Ca rezultat, Odoo va face următoarele lucruri pentru dvs.:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" "Consumă componentele respective la locația subcontractorului, pe baza *LdM* " "și dvs de intrare. (3);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "Produce bunurile finite la locația subcontractorului (4);" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" "Mută produse de la locația subcontractorului la Compania ta prin recepția " "validată (5)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" "*PO* este opțional. Dacă creați manual o primire, cu subcontractorul " "potrivit, Odoo totuși efectuează toate mișcările. Acest lucru poate fi util " "dacă subcontractorul nu facturează un preț fix pe element, ci mai de grabă " "timpul și materialele utilizate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Evaluarea stocului" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "Costul produsului fabricat „C” este definit ca:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "C = A + B + s" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "Cu:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "**A**: Costul materiilor prime provenite din Compania ta;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "**B**: Costul materiilor prime furnizate direct de" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "subcontractor;" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "**s**: Costul serviciului subcontractat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" "Trimiterea materiilor prime către subcontractorii dvs. (**A**) nu afectează " "evaluarea stocului, deoarece componentele sunt încă evaluate ca parte a " "stocului dvs. Acest lucru este gestionat prin faptul că *Locația " "subcontractorului* este o *Locație internă*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" "În continuare, prețul furnizorului setat pe formularul produsului C trebuie " "să fie ceea ce trebuie plătit subcontractorului pentru piesele și timpul " "serviciului său: **B + s**. Costul produsului trebuie să fie: **A + B + s**," " cum este evaluat produsul în contabilitate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" "În cele din urmă, factura subcontractorului se potrivește cu ordinul de " "cumpărare, cu prețul propus provenind din produsele finite C." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" "Dacă gestionarea reînnoirii materiilor prime **B** la locația " "subcontractorului nu este necesară, includeți pur și simplu costul **B** în " "prețul subcontractorului **s** și eliminați produsele *B* din *LdM*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" "În cazul în care produsele primite de la subcontractor conțin componente " "urmărite, numerele de serie sau loturile lor trebuie specificate în timpul " "primirii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" "În acest caz, la primirea produsului subcontractat, apare un buton " "*Înregistrați componente*. Faceți clic pe el pentru a deschide o casetă de " "dialog și înregistrați numerele de serie/lot ale componentelor. Dacă " "produsul final este urmărit, numărul său de serie/lot poate fi înregistrat " "aici, de asemenea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" "Pentru scopuri de audit, este posibil să verificați numerele de lot " "înregistrate la o primire folosind pictograma din dreapta produselor finale:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" "De asemenea, rețineți că, în cazul în care consumul flexibil a fost selectat" " pe LdM-ul subcontractat pentru un produs neurmărit, înregistrarea " "componentelor va apărea, opțional, pe fiecare linie de mișcare, in caz ca " "doriți să înregistrați consum diferit de componente la locația " "subcontractorului, atunci când se primește produsul final." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" "Dupâ cum vedeți, primirea ambele produse neurmărite poate fi executată fie " "prin selectarea opțiunii 'Setați cantitățile' sau prin intermediul " "meniurilor hamburger de pe mișcare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "Automatizați reînnoirea subcontractorilor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" "Există două modalități de a automatiza furnizarea materiilor prime " "subcontractorilor atunci când cumpărați produsul finit. Metoda aleasă " "depinde de faptul dacă doriți sau nu ca materialele să treacă prin depozitul" " dvs. Ambele metode sunt descrise ca mecanisme de tip pull, deoarece " "declanșatorul lor este PO inițial la subcontractor, care creează o nevoie la" " locația subcontractorului, pentru materie primă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" "Dacă furnizați subcontractorului dvs. materie primă din propriul depozit, " "trebuie să activați traseul 'Reaprovizionare Subcontractor la Comandă' cum " "este aratat mai jos. Dacă aceasta este o componentă pe care o cumpărați de " "la un furnizor, ruta de cumpărare ar trebui de asemenea să fie activat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" "Acum, dacă doriți ca furnizorul dvs. să reaprovizioneze subcontractorul " "direcționat, trebuie să alegeți opțiunea 'Dropship Subcontractor la " "Comandă'. Pentru ca această opțiune să fie activă pe formularul produsului, " "trebuie mai întâi să activați opțiunea dropship din " ":menuselection:`Cumpărare --> Configurare --> Setări --> Dropshipping`. După" " ce PO-ul la subcontractor este validat, acest traseu va crea un RFQ " "dropship de la furnizorul dvs. către subcontractor. Apoi, trebuie doar să-l " "revizuiți și să-l validați." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" "Rețineți că ruta de cumpărare nu este selectată în acest caz, deoarece " "traseul dropship este deja o rută de cumpărare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" "În cele din urmă, dacă doriți să urmăriți stocul acestor materiale prime la " "locațiile subcontractorilor, atunci trebuie să activați *Multi-locatii* în " ":menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări --> Locații de stocare`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "De pe formularul locației, puteți accesa stocul curent." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "Reaprovizionare manuală" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "" "Puteți alege de asemenea să reaprovizionati manual subcontractorii dvs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" "Dacă doriți să trimiteți componente subcontractorului dvs. pentru " "comoditate, selectați tipul de operațiune 'Reaprovizionare Subcontractor' " "din modulul *Inventar*, și creați un transfer, specificând către care " "subcontractor veți livra." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" "Alternativ, puteți de asemenea să solicitați manual furnizorului dvs. să " "reaprovizioneze subcontractorul dvs. prin crearea unui tip PO dropship, cu " "subcontractorul dvs. setat ca adresa de livrare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the final work order for the |MO| has been reached, a :guilabel:`Mark " "as Done and Close MO` button appears on the tablet view in addition to the " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` button. Click :guilabel:`Mark as Done and Close MO`" " to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the manufactured " "product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:135 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final work order while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:142 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:147 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the tablet view, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then select the :guilabel:`📱" " (tablet)` button on the line of the first work order to be processed. This " "opens the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:131 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete the final operation while keeping the |MO| " "open, by clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`. In this case, the |MO| can be " "closed at a later time by clicking the :guilabel:`Produce All` button on the" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "Utilizați programul de producție general" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" "Planul principal de producție (MPS [Master Production Schedule]) este un " "instrument util pentru a planifica producția pe baza previziunilor dvs. de " "cerere." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" "Accesați :menuselection:`Aplicația de producție --> Configurare --> Setări` " "și activați funcția Programul de producție general înainte de a salva." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" "În setările MPS, puteți defini intervalul de timp al MPS-ului dvs. " "(lună/săptămână/zi) și numărul de perioade pe care doriți să le afișați în " "permanență." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" "Acum, accesați :menuselection:`Planificare --> Programul de producție " "general` și faceți clic pe *adaugați un produs*. Acum puteți defini ținta " "stocului de siguranță (= stocul pe care doriți să-l aveți la sfârșitul " "perioadei) și cantitățile minime și maxime care trebuie sau pot fi " "reaprovizionate în fiecare perioadă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" "În vizualizarea MPS, puteți decide ce informații doriți să afișați făcând " "click pe *rânduri*. De exemplu, *Cererea actuală* vă va arăta care cantitate" " de produse a fost deja comandată pentru perioada respectivă, sau " "*Disponibil la Promise*, ce poate fi încă vândut în aceeași perioadă (ce " "planificați săreaprovizionați - ce a fost deja vândut în perioada " "respectivă). De asemenea, puteți decide să ascundeți rândurile dacă doriți." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "Estimați cererea dvs. și lansați reaprovizionarea" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" "Următorul pas este să estimați cererea pentru perioada aleasă. Acest lucru " "se face în rândul *Cererea previzionată*. Puteți compara ușor, în orice " "moment, previziunea de cerere cu cererea actuală (= vânzări confirmate). " "Previziunea de cerere pentru un produs final va afecta cererea indirectă " "pentru componente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" "Odată ce a fost setată cererea previzionată, cantitatea de reaprovizionare " "pentru diferitele perioade va fi calculată automat. Reaprovizionările pe " "care ar trebui să le lansați pe baza timpilor de așteptare (timpul de " "așteptare al furnizorului sau timpul de așteptare al producției) sunt " "afișate apoi în verde. Acum puteți lansa reaprovizionarea făcând clic pe " "butonul de reaprovizionare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" "În funcție de configurarea produsului (cumpărare vs. producție), vor fi " "create cereri de ofertă sau comenzi de producție. Puteți accesa ușor acestea" " făcând clic pe celula *Reaprovizionarea actuală*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" "În cazul în care editați manual cantitatea *Reaprovizionare sugerată*, un " "mic plus va apărea pe partea stângă a celulei. În cazul în care doriți să " "reveniți la valoarea calculată automat de Odoo, faceți clic pe plus." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "Semnificația culorii celulelor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" "Celulele, care fac parte din linia *Reaprovizionare sugerată*, pot avea " "diferite culori în funcție de situație:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" "**Verde**: cantitatea de produse care ar trebui să fie reaprovizionate " "pentru a atinge stocul de siguranță prevăzut, luând în considerare " "previziunea de cerere și previziunea de cerere indirectă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" "**Gri**: comanda de reaprovizionare a fost deja generată și cantitatea ei se" " potrivește încă cu datele curente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" "**Roșu**: comanda de reaprovizionare a fost deja generată și cantitatea ei a" " fost prea mare în considerarea datelor curente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" "**Portocaliu**: comanda de reaprovizionare a fost deja generată și " "cantitatea ei a fost prea mică în considerarea datelor curente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" "Linia *Stoc previzionat* poate conține de asemenea celule roșii, ceea ce " "înseamnă că stocul va fi negativ în timpul perioadei în discuție." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "Ce se întâmplă dacă am subestimat cererea?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" "Încă puteți crește previziunea de cerere. Acest lucru va afecta cantitatea " "de reaprovizionare. Celula va deveni portocalie și veți putea lansa o nouă " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "Ce se întâmplă dacă am supraestimat cererea?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" "Puteți reduce previziunea de cerere. Celula va deveni roșie pentru a vă " "informa că ați comandat mai mult decât planificat. Dacă încă puteți face " "asta, puteți anula anumite RFQ sau MO manual." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "Ce se întâmplă dacă am adăugat greșit un produs la MPS?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" "Puteți ușor să eliminați un produs din MPS apăsând pe coșul mic de pe " "dreapta numelui său." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":ref:`upgrading a database `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "Navigare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "Etape" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "Aprobări" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Cumpărare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Achiziție `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avansat" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "Analizați performanța achizițiilor dvs" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" "Dacă compania dvs. achiziționează în mod regulat produse, aveți mai multe " "motive pentru a urmări și analiza performanța dvs. Cunoștințele obținute vă " "pot ajuta să previzionați și să planificați mai bine comenzile viitoare. De " "exemplu, puteți evalua dacă afacerea dvs. este dependentă de anumiți " "furnizori, iar datele vă pot ajuta să negociați reduceri de preț." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "Generați rapoarte personalizate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" "Accesați *Rapoarte* pentru a accesa analiza achizițiilor. Prin accesarea " "tabloului de bord puteți obține o privire rapidă asupra performanței dvs. " "în mod curent. În mod implicit, tabloul de bord afișează un grafic cu linii " "prezentând suma neimpozitată a comenzilor dvs. de achiziție pe zi, și " "dedesubt, metrice cheie și o tabelă pivot." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Tabloul de bord în Odoo Achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" "În timp ce datele inițial prezentate sunt utile, există mai multe " "instrumente și caracteristici pe care le puteți utiliza pentru a obține mai " "multe informații despre achizițiile dvs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "Folosiți filtrele pentru a selecta datele pe care le aveți nevoie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" "Odoo oferă mai multe filtre implicite pe care le puteți utiliza și combina " "apăsând pe *Filtre*. Când selectați unul sau mai multe filtre, Odoo caută " "toate comenzile care se potrivesc cu cel puțin unul dintre filtrele pe care " "le-ați ales și populează graficul, metricele cheie și tabelul pivot cu " "datele. Filtrele preconfigurate sunt:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "Toate *Cereri de ofertă*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "Toate *Comenzile de achiziție*, cu excepția celor anulate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "" "*Data confirmării anul trecut* include toate comenzile care au fost " "confirmate anul trecut, comenzile de achiziție anulate incluse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" "*Data comenzii* include toate comenzile - cereri de ofertă și comenzi de " "achiziție (incluse cele anulate) - în funcție de data creării lor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "" "*Data confirmării* include toate comenzile confirmate, incluse cele anulate," " în funcție de data confirmării lor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" "Când trebuie să selectați o perioadă, puteți utiliza mai mulți ani, și, cu " "cel puțin un an selectat, mai multe trimestre și cele trei luni cele mai " "recente." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" "Dacă utilizați filtrele *Data comenzii* sau *Data confirmării*, funcția " "*Comparare* apare lângă *Filtre*. Aceasta vă permite să comparați perioada " "pe care ați filtrat-o cu cea anterioară." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Filtre de raportare în Odoo Achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "Adăugați filtre personalizate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" "Mulțumită a 31 opțiuni de filtrare pe care le puteți alege, posibilitățile " "de personalizare a setului de date sunt aproape nelimitate. Accesați " ":menuselection:`Filtre --> Adăugați filtru personalizat`, specificați " "condiția pe care opțiunea de filtrare ar trebui să o îndeplinească (de " "exemplu *este egal cu*, *conține*, etc.), și faceți clic pe *Aplică*. Dacă " "doriți să selectați comenzile care se potrivesc cu mai multe condiții în " "același timp (operatorul *și*), repetați procesul pentru a adăuga un alt " "filtru personalizat. Dacă doriți să utilizați operatorul *sau*, nu faceți " "clic pe *Aplică*, și faceți clic pe *Adăugați o condiție* în schimb. După ce" " ați adăugat toate opțiunile de filtrare dorite, faceți clic pe *Aplică*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Filtru de raportare personalizat în Odoo Achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" "Pentru a evita să creați de fiecare dată filtre personalizate, salvați-le " "faceți clic pe :menuselection:`Favorite --> Salvați căutarea curentă --> " "Salvați`. Filtra de căutare personalizat poate fi accesat apăsând pe " "*Favorite* sau poate fi chiar setat ca filtru implicit atunci când " "deschideți tabloul de bord al raportării." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "Masurați exact ceea ce aveți nevoie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" "Înainte de a selecta ce doriți să măsurați, trebuie să decideți dacă " "preferați să utilizați vizualizarea grafică sau vizualizarea pivot. În mod " "implicit, tabloul de bord prezintă ambele vizualizari. Cu toate acestea, " "măsurile pe care le selectați nu vor fi aplicate la ambele vizualizâri. " "Puteți accesa fiecare vizualizare separat făcând clic pe pictogramele din " "partea dreaptă sus a tabloului de bord." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Comutați vizualizarea raportării în Odoo Achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "Vizualizați datele" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" "Puteți transforma graficul principal într-un singur clic selectând una " "dintre cele trei grafice: bara, linie sau tortă. Sunt disponibile 14 măsuri " "diferite, dar puteți utiliza doar una în același timp. Cu toate acestea, " "puteți grupa măsura utilizând una sau mai multe dintre cele 19 *Grupuri*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Vizualizarea grafică a raportării în Odoo Achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" "Pentru graficele de bare și linie, măsura selectată este axa y, iar primul " "grup selectat este utilizat pentru a crea axa x. Adăugarea mai multor " "grupuri adaugă linii suplimentare (graficul liniei) sau transformă graficul " "de bare într-un grafic de bare grafic. Pentru graficele pie, cu cât " "selectați mai multe grupuri, cu atât mai multe felii sunt afișate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "Explorați datele" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" "Vizualizarea tabelei pivot vă permite să explorați datele în detaliu. În " "contrast cu vizualizarea grafică, tabela pivot vă permite să adăugați mai " "multe măsuri în același timp. Făcând clic pe *Măsuri* sau pe semnul **+** " "din coloana *Total*, puteți adăuga atâtea cât doriți, fiecare atribuită unei" " noi coloane. Făcând clic pe semnul **+** din rândul *Total*, puteți adăuga " "*Grupuri*. Dacă faceți clic pe semnul **+** al unui grup, puteți adăuga un " "sub-grup, și și așa mai departe." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Vizualizarea tabelei pivot în Odoo Achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" "Puteți introduce datele tabelei pivot direct în aplicația Spreadsheet sau " "exportați-le ca fișier Excel." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "Administrați ofertele" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" "Utilizați comenzi cadru pentru a crea acorduri de achiziție cu furnizorii" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " "Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " "same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" "Comenzile generale sunt acorduri de achiziție pe termen lung între o " "companie și un furnizor pentru a livra produse în mod repetat cu prețuri " "predefinite. Utilizarea comenzilor generale este utilă atunci când produsele" " sunt întotdeauna achiziționate de la același furnizor, dar în cantități " "diferite la momente diferite." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" "Prin simplificarea procesului de comandă, comenzile generale nu numai că " "economisesc timp, ci și bani, deoarece pot fi avantajoase atunci când se " "negociază prețuri en-gros cu furnizorii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "Creează o nouă comandă cadru" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " "be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " "well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea comenzi generale, funcția *Acorduri de achiziție* trebuie mai " "întâi activată în setările aplicației *Achiziții*. Pentru a face acest " "lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Achiziții --> Configurare --> Setări`, și " "sub secțiunea :guilabel:`Comenzi`, bifați caseta de lângă " ":guilabel:`Acorduri de achiziție`. Aceasta va activa capacitatea de a crea " "comenzi generale, precum și solicitări alternative de ofertă (RFQ-uri)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "Acorduri de achiziție activate în setările aplicației Achiziții." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " "blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " "a new blanket order form." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea o comandă cadru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Achiziții --> " "Comenzi --> Comenzi generale`, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Nou`. Aceasta " "creează (și navighează la) un nou formular de comandă cadru." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " "configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " "agreement must follow:" msgstr "" "Din acest nou formular de comandă cadru, diferite câmpuri și setări pot fi " "configurate, astfel încât să existe reguli pre-determinate pe care acordul " "pe termen lung repetat trebuie să le urmeze:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Reprezentantul de achiziție`: este utilizatorul atribuit acestei " "comenzi generale specifice. În mod implicit, acesta este utilizatorul care a" " creat acordul; utilizatorul poate fi schimbat direct din meniul derulant de" " lângă acest câmp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipul de acord`: este tipul de acord de achiziție clasificat ca " "această comandă cadru. În Odoo, comenzile generale sunt singurul acord " "oficial de achiziție." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " "once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " "drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Furnizor`: este furnizorul la care este legat acest acord, fie o " "singură dată, fie în mod repetat. Furnizorul poate fi selectat direct din " "meniul derulant de lângă acest câmp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" " exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " "currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Valută`: este valuta convenită care va fi utilizată pentru " "această schimbare. Dacă mai multe valute au fost activate în baza de date, " "valuta poate fi schimbată din meniul derulant de lângă acest câmp." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " "will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " "expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Termenul de acord`: este data la care acest acord de achiziție va" " expira (dacă este necesar). Dacă această comandă cadru nu ar trebui să " "expire, lăsați acest câmp necompletat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " "placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " "the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data comenzii`: este data la care această comandă cadru ar trebui" " plasată dacă este creată o nouă ofertă direct din formularul comenzii " "generale. Dacă este creată o nouă ofertă, această valoare va popula automat " "câmpul *Termenul de comandă* pe :abbr:`RFQ (Cererea de ofertă).`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" " blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " "created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" " on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Data livrării`: este data de livrare așteptată la care produsele " "incluseîntr-o :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)` creată direct din formularul " "comenzii cadru vor trebui să ajungă. Dacă este creată o nouă ofertă, această" " valoare va popula automat câmpul *Sosirea așteptată* pe :abbr:`RFQ (Cererea" " de ofertă).`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " "any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Document sursă`: este comanda de achiziție sursă (PO) la care " "această comandă cadru va fi legată. Dacă această comandă cadru nu ar trebui " "să fie legată de nicio comandă de achiziție (PO) existentă, lăsați acest " "câmp necompletat." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." " By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" " listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Companie`: este compania atribuită acestei comenzi generale " "specifice. În mod implicit, aceasta este compania sub care este listat " "utilizatorul care creează comanda cadru. Dacă baza de date nu este o bază de" " date multi-companie, acest câmp nu poate fi schimbat și va fi implicit la " "singura companie listată în baza de date" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "Nou acord de achiziție cadru cu produse adăugate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " "quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " "and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" "Odată ce toate câmpurile relevante au fost completate, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Adăugați o linie` pentru a adăuga produse sub coloana " ":guilabel:`Produs`. Apoi, schimbați cantitatea fiecărui produs în coloana " ":guilabel:`Cantitate` (dacă este necesar), și setați un preț în coloana " ":guilabel:`Preț unitar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " "must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " "Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" " price will remain **0**." msgstr "" "Când adăugați produse la o nouă comandă cadru, prețurile preexistente ale " "produselor nu vor fi adăugate automat la liniile de produse. Prețurile " "trebuie atribuite manual schimbând valoarea din coloana :guilabel:`Preț " "unitar` la un preț convenit cu furnizorul listat. În caz contrar, prețul va " "rămâne **0**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " "link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " ":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " "settings." msgstr "" "Pentru a vizualiza și schimba setările implicite ale acordului de achiziție " "pentru comenzile generale direct din formularul comenzii generale, faceți " "clic pe :guilabel:`link-ul intern (pictograma săgeată)` de lângă câmpul " ":guilabel:`Tipul de acord` unde este listat :guilabel:`Comandă cadru`. Acest" " lucru navighează la setările comenzii generale" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " "Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " "for the type of selection:" msgstr "" "De aici, setările pentru comenzile generale pot fi editate. " "Sub:guilabel:`Tipul de acord` secțiune, numele :guilabel:`Tipul de acord` " "poate fi schimbat (dacă este necesar), și :guilabel:`Tipul de selecție a " "acordului` poate fi schimbat, de asemenea. Există două opțiuni care pot fi " "activate pentru tipul de selecție:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Selectați doar o RFQ (exclusiv)`: când o comandă de achiziție " "este confirmată, comenzile de achiziție rămase vor fi anulate." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " "multiple purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Selectați mai multe RFQ (non-exclusiv)`: când o comandă de " "achiziție este confirmată, comenzile de achiziție rămase nu vor fi anulate. " "În schimb, sunt permise mai multe comenzi de achiziție." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " "product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " "purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " ":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." msgstr "" "Sub secțiunea :guilabel:`Date pentru noi oferte` setările pentru cum liniile" " de produse și cantitățile vor fi populate pe noile oferte folosind acest " "acord de achiziție pot fi schimbate lângă câmpurile :guilabel:`Linii` și " ":guilabel:`Cantități`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" "Ecran de editare a tipului de acord de achiziție pentru comenzile cadru." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "Aici sunt două opțiuni care pot fi activate pentru :guilabel:`Linii`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" " order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Utilizați liniile de acord`: când creați o nouă ofertă, liniile " "de produse vor fi pre-populate cu aceleași produse listate în comanda cadru," " dacă această comandă cadru este aleasă în noua ofertă" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nu creați automat liniile RFQ`: când creați o nouă ofertă și " "selectați o comandă cadru existentă, setările vor fi transferate la noua " "ofertă, dar liniile de produse nu se vor popula" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" "Și, există două opțiuni care pot fi activate pentru :guilabel:`Cantități`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " "product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Utilizați cantitățile de acord`: când creați o nouă ofertă, " "cantitățile de produs listate în comanda cadru vor fi pre-populate pe " "liniile de produs, dacă această comandă cadru este aleasă în noua ofertă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " "but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " "manually set by the user." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Setați cantitățile manual`: când creați o nouă ofertă și " "selectați o comandă cadru existentă, liniile de produs vor fi pre-populate, " "dar toate cantitățile vor fi setate la **0**. Cantitățile vor trebui setate " "manual de către utilizator." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" " the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " "order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " "agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " "*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" " :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" "Odată ce modificările dorite au fost făcute (dacă există), faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Nou` (prin firimiturile de pâine, în partea de sus a paginii) " "pentru a naviga înapoi la formularul comenzii generale, și faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Confirmare` pentru a salva acest nou acord de achiziție. Odată " "confirmat, comanda cadru trece de la *Schiță* la *În desfășurare*, ceea ce " "înseamnă că acest acord poate fi selectat și utilizat atunci când se creează" " noi :abbr:`RFQs (Cereri de ofertă)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" "După crearea și confirmarea unei comenzi generale, produsele, cantitățile și" " prețurile pot fi încă editate, adăugate și eliminate din acordul de " "achiziție." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" msgstr "Creează o nouă :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)` din comanda cadru" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" "populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " "new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " "the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." msgstr "" "După confirmarea unei comenzi generale, noi oferte pot fi create direct din " "formularul comenzii generale care vor folosi regulile setate pe formular și " "vor pre-popula noua ofertă cu informațiile corecte. În plus, această nouă " "ofertă va fi automat legată de acest formular de comandă cadru prin " "intermediul butonului inteligent :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` din partea de sus a" " formularului." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " "Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " "on the settings configured on the blanket order form." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea o nouă ofertă din formularul comenzii generale, faceți clic pe" " :guilabel:`Nouă ofertă`. Aceasta creează (și navighează la) o nouă " ":abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)`, care este pre-populată cu informațiile " "corecte, în funcție de setările configurate pe formularul comenzii generale." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" "Din noul formular :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)`, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Trimiteți prin e-mail` pentru a compune și trimite un e-mail " "furnizorului listat; faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Imprimare RFQ` pentru a " "genera un PDF imprimabil al ofertei; sau, odată pregătit, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Confirmare comandă` pentru a confirma comanda de achiziție (PO)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "Nouă ofertă cu produse și reguli copiate din comanda cadru." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " "blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " "blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " "listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " "form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " "order that was just created." msgstr "" "Odată ce :abbr:`PO (Comanda de achiziție)` a fost confirmată, faceți clic " "înapoi la formularul comenzii generale (prin firimiturile de pâine, în " "partea de sus a paginii). Din formularul comenzii generale, acum există o " ":abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)` listată în butonul inteligent " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` din partea de sus a formularului. Faceți clic pe " "butonul inteligent :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` pentru a vedea comanda de " "achiziție care tocmai a fost creată." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "Buton inteligent RFQs și Comenzi din formularul comenzii cardu." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "Creează o nouă comandă cadru dintr-o :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea o nouă :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)`, navigla aplicația " ":menuselection:`Achiziții`, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Nou`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " "click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" "Apoi, adăugați informații la formularul :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)`: " "adăugaun furnizor din meniul derulant de lângă câmpul :guilabel:`Furnizor`, " "și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați un produs` pentru a selecta un produs " "din meniul derulant din coloana :guilabel:`Produs`. Apoi, setați cantitatea " "de achiziție dorită în coloana :guilabel:`Cantitate`, și schimbați prețul de" " achiziție în coloana :guilabel:`Preț unitar`, dacă este necesar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " "(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " "Arrival` date." msgstr "" "Clic pe :guilabel:`opțiuni suplimentare (două puncte)` oferă opțiuni " "suplimentare de vizibilitate pentru a adăuga la elementul de linie. Repetați" " acești pași pentru a adăuga cât mai multe opțiuni suplimentare dorite, " "inclusiv :guilabel:`UoM` (Unități de măsură) pentru a achiziționa produsele," " și data :guilabel:`Sosirea așteptată`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 msgid "" "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" " drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " "name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," " and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," " as well as the product information entered on the product lines." msgstr "" "Înainte de a confirma noua ofertă și de a crea o comandă de achiziție, " "faceți clic pe meniul derulant de lângă câmpul :guilabel:`Comandă cadru`, și" " tastați un nume nou pentru noua comandă cadru. Acest lucru creează un nou " "acord de achiziție, și salvează informațiile introduse în câmpurile " "formularului comenzii de achiziție, precum și informațiile produselor " "introduse pe liniile de produs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 msgid "" "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" " by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " ":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" " ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)`." msgstr "" "Din noul formular :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de ofertă)`, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Trimiteți prin e-mail` pentru a compune și trimite un e-mail " "furnizorului listat; faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Imprimare RFQ` pentru a " "genera un PDF imprimabil al ofertei; sau, odată pregătit, faceți clic pe " ":guilabel:`Confirmare comandă` pentru a confirma :abbr:`PO (comanda de " "achiziție)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." msgstr "Nouă comandă cadru creată direct din ofertă." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 msgid "" "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " "order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." msgstr "" "Pentru a vedea noul acord de achiziție cadru creat, mergeți la " ":menuselection:`Comenzi --> Comenzi generale`, și faceți clic pe noua " "comandă cadru. De aici, setările și regulile pot fi schimbate, dacă este " "necesar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "Comenzi generale și reînnoirea" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " "(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " "replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " "about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " ":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" " used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " "replenished." msgstr "" "Odată ce o comandă cadru este confirmată, o nouă linie de furnizor este " "adăugată sub fila :guilabel:`Achiziție` a produselor incluse în :abbr:`BO " "(Comanda cadru)`. Acest lucru face comenzile generale utile cu " ":doc:`reînnoirea automată <../../achiziții/produse/reordonare>`, deoarece " "informațiile despre :guilabel:`Furnizor`, :guilabel:`Preț`, și " ":guilabel:`Acord` sunt referite pe linia furnizorului. Aceste informații " "sunt folosite pentru a determina unde, când, și la ce preț acest produs ar " "putea fi reînnoit." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "Formularul produsului cu acordul de reînnoire legat de comanda cadru." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "Creează cereri de ofertă alternative pentru mai mulți furnizori" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" "Uneori, companiile ar putea dori să solicite oferte de la mai mulți " "furnizori în același timp, invitând acei furnizori să trimită oferte pentru " "bunuri sau servicii similare odată. Acest lucru ajută companiile să " "selecteze furnizorii cei mai ieftini (și mai rapizi), în funcție de nevoile " "lor specifice de afaceri." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " "(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" "În Odoo, acest lucru poate fi făcut adăugând cereri de ofertă alternative " "(RFQs) pentru diferiți furnizori. Odată ce este primit un răspuns de la " "fiecare furnizor, liniile de produs din fiecare :abbr:`RFQ (Cerere de " "ofertă)` pot fi comparate, și o decizie poate fi luată pentru ce produse să " "fie achiziționate de la ce furnizori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" "Uneori denumit *cerere de ofertă*, acest proces este folosit în principal de" " organizațiile din sectorul public, care sunt obligate legal să îl " "folosească atunci când fac o achiziție. Cu toate acestea, companiile private" " pot folosi, de asemenea, cereri de ofertă alternative (:abbr:`RFQs (Cereri " "de ofertă)`) pentru a cheltui eficient banii." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr ":doc:`blanket_orders`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "Configurează setările acordului de achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " "quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " "the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" "Pentru a crea :abbr:`RFQs (Cereri de ofertă)` alternative direct dintr-o " "ofertă, funcția *Acorduri de achiziție* trebuie mai întâi activată în " "setările aplicației *Achiziții*. Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la " ":menuselection:`Achiziții --> Configurare --> Setări`, și sub secțiunea " ":guilabel:`Comenzi`, faceți clic pe caseta de bifare de lângă " ":guilabel:`Acorduri de achiziție`. Acest lucru va activa capacitatea de a " "crea :abbr:`RFQs (Cereri de ofertă)` alternative, precum și capacitatea de a" " crea *comenzi cadru*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " "lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " "do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" "down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " "set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," " alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" " (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" " quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" " purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " "purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" " the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " "to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " "of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " "product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " "tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " "the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " "quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " "orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " "Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " ":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " "alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " "vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " "Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " "RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " ":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " "removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " "individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" " the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" " from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " "set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " "into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " "purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " "purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " "now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " "vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" "To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" "If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " "policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" " policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" " column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " ":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "Potrivire pe 3 căi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" "Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " "paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " "actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " ":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " "a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" "Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " "of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " "this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " ":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "Vizualizarea stării facturării unei comenzi de achiziție" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" "When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" "Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr "**Condiții**" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "*Pe cantitățile primite*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "*Pe cantitățile comandate*" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "Comanda de achiziție confirmată; nu au fost primite produse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "Toate/unele produse primite; factura nu a fost creată" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "Comanda de achiziție confirmată" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "Toate/unele produse primite; factură ciornă creată" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "Factură ciornă creată" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "Gestionați facturile furnizorilor" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " "company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " "Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " ":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " "vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" " cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" " :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " "field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "Cumpără în unități de măsură diferite decât vânzările" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" "Când cumpărați un produs, este posibil ca furnizorul dvs. să utilizeze o " "unitate de măsură diferită de cea pe care o utilizați când îl vând. Acest " "lucru poate cauza confuzie între reprezentanții de vânzări și cumpărări. " "Este de asemenea timp-consuming să convertiți măsurătorile manual de fiecare" " dată. Cu Odoo, puteți configura produsul o singură dată și lăsați Odoo să " "gestioneze conversia." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "Luați în considerare următoarele exemple:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" "Cumpărați suc de portocale de la un furnizor american, și ei utilizează " "**galoane**. Cu toate acestea, clienții dvs. sunt europeni și utilizează " "**litri**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" "Cumpărați draperii de la un furnizor în formă de **role** și vând bucăți ale" " rolurilor clienților dvs. folosind **metri pătrați**." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "Activați unitățile de măsură" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" "Deschideți aplicația Vânzări și mergeți la :menuselection:`Configurare --> " "Setări`. Sub Catalogul de produse, activați *Unități de măsură*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "Activați opțiunea unităților de măsură în Odoo Vânzări" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "Specificați unitățile de măsură de vânzări și cumpărare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "Unități de măsură standard" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" "O varietate de unități de măsură sunt disponibile în mod implicit în baza de" " date. Fiecare aparține uneia dintre cinci categorii de unități de măsură " "preconfigurate: *Lungime / Distanță*, *Unitate*, *Volum*, *Greutate* și " "*Timp de lucru*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" "Puteți crea unitățile de măsură și categoriile de unități de măsură noi " "(vezi secțiunea următoare)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" "Pentru a specifica unități de măsură diferite pentru vânzări și achiziții, " "deschideți aplicația Achiziții și mergeți la :menuselection:`Produse --> " "Produse`. Creați un produs sau selectați unul existent. Sub fila *Informații" " generale* a produsului, selectați mai întâi *Unitatea de măsură* pentru a " "fi utilizată pentru vânzări (precum și pentru alte aplicații, cum ar fi " "inventar). Apoi, selectați *Unitatea de măsură de achiziție* pentru a fi " "utilizată pentru achiziții." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" "Înapoi la primul exemplu, dacă cumpărați suc de portocale de la furnizorul " "dvs. în **galoane** și îl vând clienților dvs. în **litri**, selectați mai " "întâi *L* (litri) ca *Unitate de măsură* și *gal (US)* (galoane) ca " "*Unitatea de măsură de achiziție*, apoi faceți clic pe *Salvați*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "Configurați unitățile de măsură ale unui produs în Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "Creați unități de măsură noi și categorii de unități de măsură" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" "Uneori aveți nevoie să creați propriile unități și categorii, fie pentru că " "măsura nu este preconfigurată în Odoo, fie pentru că unitățile nu se " "relaționează între ele (de exemplu, kilograme și centimetri)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" "Dacă luați al doilea exemplu unde cumpărați draperii de la un furnizor în " "forma **rolă** și le vindeți la bucătă iar pentru role folosiți **metri " "pătrați**, trebuie să creați o nouă *Categorie de unități de măsură* pentru " "permite conversia in ambele unități de măsură." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" "Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Configurare --> " "Categorii de unități de măsură`. Faceți clic pe *Creați* și numiți " "categoria." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Creați o nouă categorie de unități de măsură în Odoo Achiziții" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" "Următorul pas este să creați cele două unități de măsură. Pentru a face " "acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Configurare --> Unități de măsură`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" "În primul rând, creați unitatea de măsură utilizată ca punct de referință " "pentru convertirea în alte unități de măsură din interiorul categoriei " "facând clic pe *Creați*. Numele unității și selectați categoria de unități " "de măsură pe care tocmai ați creat-o. Pentru *Tip*, selectați *Unitatea de " "măsură de referință pentru acest tip de categorie*. Introduceți *Precizia " "rotunjită* pe care doriți să o utilizați. Cantitatea calculată de Odoo este " "întotdeauna un multiplu al acestei valori." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" "În exemplul de mai sus, deoarece nu puteți cumpăra mai puțin de 1 rol și nu " "veți utiliza fracțiuni de un rol ca unitate de măsură, puteți introduce 1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Creați o nouă unitate de măsură de referință în Odoo Achiziții" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" "Dacă utilizați o *Precizie de rotunjire* inferioară decât 0.01, un mesaj de " "avertizare ar putea apărea care arată că este mai mare decât *Precizia " "zecimală* și că ar putea cauza inconsistențe. Dacă doriți să utilizați o " "*Precizie de rotunjire* mai mică decât 0.01, activați mai întâi " ":ref:`modulul de dezvoltare `, apoi mergeți la " ":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Structura bazei de date --> Precizie " "zecimală`, selectați *Unitatea de măsură a produsului* și editați *Cifre* în" " consecință. De exemplu, dacă doriți să utilizați o precizie de rotunjire de" " 0.00001, setați *Cifre* la 5." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" "În continuare, creați o a doua unitate de măsură, numiți-o și selectați " "aceeași categorie de unități de măsură ca unitatea de referință. Ca *Tip*, " "selectați *Mai mică* sau *Mai mare decât unitatea de măsură de referință*, " "în funcție de situație." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" "Deoarece rola de cort este egală cu 100 de metri pătrați, ar trebui să " "selectați *Mai mică*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" "În continuare, trebuie să introduceți *Raportul* între unitatea de referință" " și a doua. Dacă a doua unitate este mai mică, *Raportul* ar trebui să fie " "mai mare decât 1. Dacă a doua unitate este mai mare, raportul ar trebui să " "fie mai mic decat 1." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "Pentru rola de cort, raportul ar trebui să fie setat la 100." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "Creați o a doua unitate de măsură în Odoo Achiziții" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" "Acum puteți configura produsul așa cum ați face cu unitățile de măsură " "standard ale Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" "Setați unitățile de măsură ale produsului folosind propriile unități în Odoo" " Achiziții" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" msgstr "Calitate" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:11 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:16 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:18 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:23 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:25 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:29 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:33 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:35 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:42 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:54 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:63 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:65 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:70 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders must be completed from the tablet " "view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that " "includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet" " view for that work order by clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on " "the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Instructions* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching" " the check, the instructions for how to complete it will appear at the top " "of the screen. Follow the instructions, then click :guilabel:`Next` to move " "on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instructions check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button in the tablet view, and then select " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete guide to " "quality alert creation, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:26 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:35 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:49 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:52 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:55 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:61 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:69 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:63 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:71 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:78 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:82 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:86 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:87 msgid "On an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:94 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:96 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:105 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:113 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:117 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:127 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:185 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:136 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:193 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:120 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:151 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks created for work orders must be processed from the " "tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "--> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. Select a manufacturing order that " "includes a work order for which a quality check is required. Open the tablet" " view for that work order by selecting the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and " "then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:157 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Measure* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching the " "check, the instructions for how to take the measurement appear at the top of" " the screen. Enter the measured value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field above" " the instructions, and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure quality check in the Manufacturing tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:166 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " tablet view moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if the " "measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a pop-up window " "appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:171 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should " "be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions entered in the" " :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-" "up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and :guilabel:`Confirm " "Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:180 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measurement in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "check, and move on to the next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:189 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(three horizontal lines)` button, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:43 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:61 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:70 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:74 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:80 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:87 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:91 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:99 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert " "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:108 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:113 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders must be processed " "from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality " "check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:119 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Pass - Fail* quality check step is reached. Upon reaching " "the check, follow the instructions that appear at the top of the screen. If " "the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the " "top-right of the screen. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check for a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(menu)` button in the tablet view, and selecting :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up" " window appears, from which a quality alert can be created. For a complete " "guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the documentation on " ":ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:13 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:15 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:19 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:28 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:49 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:45 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that will generate *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:56 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:64 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:66 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:73 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:77 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:89 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:100 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:104 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:113 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:122 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:127 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks created for work orders must be completed " "from the tablet view. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order that includes a work order for which a quality " "check is required. Open the tablet view for that work order by selecting the" " :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then clicking the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` " "button on the order's line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the *Take a Picture* quality check step is reached. Upon " "reaching the check, follow the instructions for how to take the picture, " "which appear at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:137 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the work order (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` button to open the device's file manager. In the " "file manager, navigate to the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open`" " to attach it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the quality " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check for a manufacturing work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:146 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, do so by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ " "(three horizontal lines)` button in the tablet view, and selecting " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` from the :guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. A " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window appears, from which a quality alert" " can be created. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert " "forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:153 msgid "Review a picture attached to a check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:155 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:159 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:7 msgid "" "Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " "checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " "quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " "Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " "detected by automated processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:18 msgid "" "In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" " the *Quality* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:21 msgid "" "A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" " create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " "quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " "module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " "Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " "created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " "the quality issue, if applicable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " "originated" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " "alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" " alert" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " "ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 msgid "" "The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " "information to quality teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " "occurring in the future" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " "that produces the product, and the date assigned" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:58 msgid "" "Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " "order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " "view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " "and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "Access the work order menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " "section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " "of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " "stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " "Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " "calendar, and pivot table views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " "Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " "found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:8 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:12 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:18 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:24 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:26 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:39 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:43 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:47 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:54 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:56 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:59 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:62 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:75 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:77 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:82 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:89 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:91 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:96 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:100 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:102 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:108 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:112 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:122 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:124 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " "click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " "requires the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " "screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" " at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " "complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " "top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " "button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " "next step of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check for a work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" "For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " "`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr ""